IBIZA SC OWNER’S MANUAL
Inglés 6J3012003AM (07.10) (GT9)
IBIZA SC Inglés (07.10)
6J3012003AM
Portada IBIZA SC.qxd:Maquetación 1 23/7/10 08:47 Página 3
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand,
that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no
right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the "Copyright" Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
;
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.09.10
Portada IBIZA SC_interior.qxd:maquetación 23/7/10 08:46 Página 3
Foreword
This Instruction Manual and its corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself with
your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help preserve its value.
For safety reasons, note the information concerning accessories, modifications and part replacements.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the
vehicle.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 1 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Contents 3
Contents
Manual structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proper sitting position for occupants . . . . . . . . .
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why wear seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belt tensioners* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deactivating airbags* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital instrument panel display . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering column controls* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio + Telephone Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio frequency remote control* . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-theft alarm system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panorama tilting sunroof* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats and storage compartments . . . . . . . . . .
The importance of correct seat adjustment . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtrays, cigarette lighter and power socket . .
First-aid kit, warning triangle, fire extinguisher*
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting and stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Start-Stop function* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic gearbox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acoustic parking aid system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practical Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intelligent technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-lock brake system and traction control ABS
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)* . . . . . . . .
Driving and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economical and environmentally friendly driving
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . .
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle exterior maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle interior maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
6
7
7
7
9
14
15
16
16
18
21
25
26
26
30
33
37
39
39
41
44
49
49
49
51
52
58
70
70
71
72
74
74
78
79
81
83
85
87
90
90
97
98
99
102
105
105
106
108
110
111
115
117
117
120
120
123
126
129
130
130
131
131
133
135
137
138
145
147
149
153
153
153
154
155
158
158
159
160
163
163
166
166
167
173
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 3 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Contents4
Accessories, parts replacement and
modifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof aerial* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mobile telephones and two-way radios . . . . . . .
Fitting a towing bracket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer fluid and windscreen wiper blades . . . .
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If and when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle tools, spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre repair kit (Tyre-Mobility-System)* . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing and tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Description of specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information on fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.2 44 kW (60 PS) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.2 51 kW (70 PS) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.4 63 kW (85 PS) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.2 TSI 77 kW (105 PS) . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.2 TSI 77 kW (105 PS) Start&Stop
Petrol engine 1.6 77 kW (105 PS) . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.4 110 kW (150 PS) . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.4 132 kW (180 PS) - Cupra . . . .
Diesel Engine 1.2 TDI CR 55 kW (75 PS) DPF
Start&Stop Ecomotive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 1.2 TDI CR 55 kW (75 PS) DPF . . .
Diesel engine 1.4 TDI 59 kW (80 PS) Ecomotive
Diesel engine 1.6 TDI CR 66 kW (90 PS) DPF . . .
Diesel engine 1.6 TDI CR 77 kW (105 PS)
with/without DPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 105 kW (143 PS) DPF
Dimensions and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
175
175
176
176
178
180
180
181
182
183
186
190
192
195
196
198
204
204
205
210
212
216
225
228
231
231
231
233
233
234
235
235
236
237
238
239
241
242
243
245
246
247
248
249
251
252
254
255
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 4 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Manual structure 5
Manual structure
What you should know before reading this manual
This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the
vehicle at the time of press. Some of the equipment hereunder described will
not be available until a later date, or is only available in certain markets.
Due to the fact that this is a general manual for the IBIZA SC, some of the
equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included
in all types or variants of the model; they may be different or be modified
depending on the technical requirements and on the market; this should in
no way be interpreted as misleading advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the
equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual
refer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when
otherwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an asterisk** is fitted as standard only in certain
versions, and is only supplied as optional extras for some versions, or are
only offered in certain countries.
® All registered marks are indicated with ®. Although the copyright symbol
does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
b The section is continued on the following page.
Marks the end of a section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain information on safety. They warn
you about possible dangers of accident or injury.
Caution
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to
your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information on the protec-
tion of the environment.
Note
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 5 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Content6
Content
This manual is structured to provide the information you need in an organised
way. The content of this Manual is divided into sections which belong to
chapters (e.g. “Air conditioning”). The entire manual is divided into five large
parts which are:
1. Safety First
Information on the vehicle equipment relating to passive safety such as seat
belts, airbags, seats, etc.
2. Operating instructions
Information about the distribution of controls in the driver position of your
vehicle, about the seat adjustment possibilities, about how to create a suit-
able climate in the passenger compartment, etc.
3. Practical Tips
Advice relating to the driving, caring and maintenance of your vehicle and
certain problems you can solve yourself.
4. Technical Specifications
Figures, values and the dimensions of your vehicle.
5. Alphabetic index
At the end of this manual there is a detailed alphabetical index, this will help
you to rapidly find the information you require.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 6 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving 7
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Safety First
Safe driving
Brief introduction
Dear SEAT Driver
Safety first!
This chapter contains important information, tips, suggestions and
warnings that you should read and consider for both your own safety
and for your passengers’ safety.
WARNING
• This manual contains important information about the operation of the
vehicle, both for the driver and the passengers. The other sections of the
owner’s manual also contain further information that you should be aware
of for your own safety and for the safety of your passengers.
• Ensure that the on-board documentation is kept in the vehicle at all
times. This is especially important when lending or selling the vehicle to
another person.
Safety equipment
The safety equipment is a part of the occupant protection
system and can reduce the risk of injury in the event of acci-
dent.
Never put your safety or the safety of your passengers in danger. In the event
of an accident, the safety equipment may reduce the risk of injury. The
following list includes most of the safety equipment in your SEAT:
• three-point seat belts,
• belt tension limiter for the front and rear side seats,
• belt tensioners for the front seats,
• front airbags,
• side airbags in the front seat backrests,
• “ISOFIX” anchor points for “ISOFIX” rear child system,
• height-adjustable head restraints,
• rear-centre head restraints with in-use position and non-use position,
• adjustable steering column.
The safety equipment mentioned above works together to provide you and
your passengers with the best possible protection in the event of an accident.
However, these safety systems can only be effective if you and your passen-
gers are sitting in a correct position and use this equipment properly.
Therefore, information is provided about why this equipment is so important,
how it protects you, what you have to consider when using it and how you and
your passengers can achieve the greatest possible benefit from the safety
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 7 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving8
equipment fitted. This manual includes important warnings that you and your
passengers should note in order to reduce the risk of injury.
Safety is everyone’s business!
Before setting off
The driver is responsible for the safety of the passengers and
the safe operation of the vehicle.
For your own safety and the safety of your passengers, always note
the following points before every trip:
– Make sure that the vehicle’s lights and turn signals are working
properly.
– Check tyre pressure.
– Ensure that all windows provide a clear and good view of the
surroundings.
– Ensure that all luggage is correctly secured ⇒ page 15.
– Make sure that no objects can interfere with the pedals.
– Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors properly according
to your size.
– Ensure that the passenger in the central rear seat always has the
head restraint in the correct position for use.
– Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints according to
their height.
– Protect children with appropriate child seats and properly
applied seat belts ⇒ page 39.
– Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct your passengers
also to assume a proper sitting position ⇒ page 9.
– Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your passengers also to
fasten their seat belts properly ⇒ page 16.
What affects driving safety?
Driving safety is largely determined by your driving style and
the personal behaviour of all occupants.
As a driver, you are responsible for yourself and your passengers.
When your concentration or driving safety is affected by any circum-
stance, you endanger yourself as well as others on the road ⇒ ,
for this reason:
– Always pay attention to traffic and do not get distracted by
passengers or telephone calls.
– Never drive when your driving ability is impaired (e.g. by medica-
tion, alcohol, drugs).
– Observe traffic laws and speed limits.
– Always reduce your speed as appropriate for road, traffic and
weather conditions.
– When travelling long distances, take breaks regularly - at least
every two hours.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving 9
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– If possible, avoid driving when you are tired or stressed.
WARNING
When driving safety is impaired during a trip, the risk of injury and acci-
dents increases.
Proper sitting position for occupants
Proper sitting position for driver
The proper sitting position for the driver is important for a
safe and relaxed driving.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an
accident, we recommend the following adjustments for the driver:
– Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a distance of at least 25
cm between the steering wheel and the centre of your chest
⇒ fig. 1.
– Move the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able
to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with
your knees still slightly angled ⇒ .
– Ensure that you can reach the highest point of the steering
wheel.
– Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same
level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same
level as the top of your head ⇒ fig. 2.
– Move the backrest to an upright position so that your backrests
completely against it.
Fig. 1 The proper
distance between driver
and steering wheel
Fig. 2 Proper head
restraint position for
driver
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 9 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving10
–Fasten your seat belt securely ⇒ page 16.
– Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under
control at all times.
Adjustment of the driver seat ⇒ page 105.
WARNING
• An incorrect sitting position of the driver can lead to severe injuries.
• Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between
the centre of the chest and the centre of the steering wheel ⇒ page 9,
fig. 1. If distance is less than 25 cm, the airbag system may not protect you
properly.
• If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the
minimum distance of 25 cm, contact a specialised workshop. The work-
shop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary.
• When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the
outside of the ring at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions. This reduces the
risk of injury when the driver airbag is triggered.
• Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position, or in any other
manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the
airbag is triggered, you may sustain injuries to the arms, hands and head.
• To reduce the risk of injury to the driver during sudden braking manoeu-
vres or an accident, never drive with the backrest tilted far back! The airbag
system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the back-
rest is in an upright position and the driver is wearing his or her seat belt
properly. The further the backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk
of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect
sitting position!
• Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve optimal protection.
Proper sitting position for front passenger
The front passenger must sit at least 25 cm away from the
dash panel so that the airbag can provide the greatest
possible protection in the event that it is triggered.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an
accident, we recommend the following adjustments for the front
passenger:
– Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible ⇒ .
– Move the backrest to an upright position so that your backrests
completely against it.
– Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same
level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same
level as the top of your head ⇒ page 12.
– Keep both feet in the footwell in front of the front passenger seat.
–Fasten your seat belt securely ⇒ page 16.
The passenger airbag can be deactivated under exceptional circumstances
⇒ page 37.
Adjusting the front passenger seat ⇒ page 108.
WARNING
• An incorrect sitting position of the front passenger can lead to severe
injuries.
• Adjust the front passenger seat so that there is at least 25 cm between
your chest and the dash panel. If distance is less than 25 cm, the airbag
system may not protect you properly.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving 11
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the
minimum distance of 25 cm, contact a specialised workshop. The work-
shop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary.
• Always keep your feet in the footwell when the vehicle is moving; never
rest them on the dash panel, out the window or on the seat. An incorrect
sitting position exposes you to an increased risk of injury in case of a
sudden braking or an accident. If the airbag is triggered, you could sustain
severe injuries due to an incorrect sitting position.
• To reduce the risk of injury to the front passenger in events such sudden
braking manoeuvres or an accident, never travel with the backrest tilted far
back! The airbag system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection
when the backrest is in an upright position and the front passenger is
wearing his or her seat belt properly. The further the backrests are tilted to
the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the
belt web or to the incorrect sitting position!
• Adjust the head restraint properly in order to achieve maximum
protection.
Correct sitting position for passengers in the rear seats
Passengers in the rear seats must sit up straight, keep their
feet on the footwells, have the rear central head restraint
positioned for use and wear their seat belts properly.
To reduce the risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking
manoeuvre or an accident, passengers on the rear bench seat must
consider the following:
– Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ⇒ page 12.
– Keep both feet in the footwell in front of the rear seat.
– Fasten your seat belt securely ⇒ page 16.
– Use an appropriate child restraint system when you take children
in the vehicle ⇒ page 39.
WARNING
• If the passengers on the rear seat are not sitting properly, they could
sustain severe injuries.
• Adjust the head restraint properly in order to achieve maximum protec-
tion.
• Seat belts can only provide optimal protection when backrests are in an
upright position and the passengers are wearing their seat belts properly.
If passengers on the rear seat are not sitting in an upright position, the risk
of injury due to incorrect positioning of the seat belt increases.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 11 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving12
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of
passenger protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in
most accident situations.
Adjust the head restraint properly in order to achieve maximum
protection.
– Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same
level as the top of your head or as close as possible to the same
level as the top of your head and, at the very least, at eye level
⇒ fig. 3 and ⇒ fig. 4.
Adjusting the head restraints ⇒ page 106.
WARNING
• Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted
increases the risk of severe injuries.
• Incorrectly adjusted head restraints could result in death in the event of
a collision or accident.
• Incorrectly adjusted head restraints also increase the risk of injury
during sudden or unexpected driving or braking manoeuvres.
• The head restraints must always be adjusted according to the
passenger’s height.
Fig. 3 Properly adjusted
head restraint viewed
from the front
Fig. 4 Properly adjusted
head restraint viewed
from the side
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 12 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving 13
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Rear head restraints
The rear head restraints have 2 positions:
• Raised position or position for use ⇒ fig. 5. In this position, the head
restraint is used normally, protecting the occupant of the rear seats, along
with the rear seat belts.
• Rest position, not in use ⇒ fig. 5. This position improves the driver’s
rear visibility.
To fit the head restraint in position for use , pull on the edges with both
hands in the direction of the arrow. To place it in rest position , lower the
head restraint.
WARNING
Whenever a passenger is seated on the rear central seat, the head restraint
should be placed in the position for use .
Note
Note the instructions on the head restraints adjustment.
Examples of incorrect sitting positions
An incorrect sitting position can lead to severe injuries to
occupants.
Seat belts can provide optimal protection only when the belt webs
are properly positioned. Incorrect sitting positions substantially
reduce the protective function of seat belts and increase the risk of
injury due to incorrect seat belt position. As the driver, you are
responsible for all vehicle occupants, especially children.
– Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect sitting position in the
vehicle while travelling ⇒ .
The following list contains examples of sitting positions that could be
dangerous for all occupants. The list is not complete, but we would like to
make you aware of this issue.
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is in motion:
• Never stand in the vehicle,
• never stand on the seats,
• never kneel on the seats,
• never tilt your backrest far to the rear,
• never lean against the dash panel,
• never lie on the rear bench,
• never sit on the front edge of a seat,
• never sit sideways,
Fig. 5 Adjusting the rear
head restraints
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 13 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving14
• never lean out of a window,
• never put your feet out of a window,
• never put your feet on the dash panel,
• never put your feet on the surface of a seat,
• do not allow anyone to travel in the footwell,
• never travel without wearing the seat belt,
• do not allow anyone to travel in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
• Any incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe injuries.
• Sitting in an incorrect position exposes the occupants to severe injuries
if airbags are triggered, by striking a passenger who has assumed an incor-
rect sitting position.
• Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and main-
tain it throughout the trip. Before every trip, instruct your passengers to sit
properly and to stay in this position during the trip ⇒ page 9, “Proper
sitting position for occupants”.
Pedal area
Pedals
The operation of all pedals must never be impaired by objects
or floor mats.
– Ensure that you can always press the accelerator, brake and
clutch pedals unimpaired to the floor.
– Ensure that the pedals can return unimpaired to their initial posi-
tions.
Use only floor mats which leave the pedal area free and can be securely
fastened on the footwell.
If a brake circuit fails, the brake pedal must be pressed down thoroughly in
order to stop the vehicle.
Wearing suitable shoes
Always wear shoes which support your feet properly and give you a good
feeling for the pedals.
WARNING
• Restricting pedal operation can lead to critical situations while driving.
• Never place objects on the driver footwell. An object could move into
the pedal area and impair pedal operation. In the event of a sudden driving
or braking manoeuvre, you will not be able to operate the brake, clutch or
accelerator pedal. Risk of accident!
Floor mats on the driver side
Only floor mats may be used which can be securely fastened
in the footwell and do not impair operation of the pedals.
– Ensure that the floor mats are securely fastened during the trip
and do not obstruct the pedals ⇒ .
Only use floor mats which leave the pedals clear and which are secured to
prevent them from slipping. You can obtain suitable floor mats from a special-
ised dealership.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 14 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Safe driving 15
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
WARNING
• If the pedals are obstructed, an accident may occur. Risk of serious inju-
ries.
• Ensure that the floor mats are always securely attached.
• Never lay or fit floor mats or other floor coverings over the original floor
mats. This would reduce the pedal area and could obstruct the pedals. Risk
of accident.
Storing objects
Loading the luggage compartment
All luggage and other loose objects must be safely secured in
the luggage compartment.
Unsecured objects which shift back and forth could affect safety or
driving characteristics of the vehicle by shifting the centre of gravity.
– Distribute the load evenly in the luggage compartment.
– Place heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage
compartment.
–Place the heavy objects first.
WARNING
• Loose luggage and other objects in the luggage compartment could
cause serious injuries.
• Always put objects in the luggage compartment.
• During sudden manoeuvres or accidents, loose objects can be thrown
forward, injuring vehicle occupants or even third parties. This increased
risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an
inflating airbag. If this happens, objects can be transformed into
“missiles”. Risk of fatal injury.
• Please note that the centre of gravity may shift when transporting
heavy objects; this may affect the vehicle’s handling and lead to an acci-
dent. Therefore, it is essential to adjust your speed and driving style
accordingly, to avoid accidents.
• Never exceed the allowed axle weights or allowed maximum weight. If
the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded, the driving
characteristics of the vehicle may change, leading to accidents, injuries
and damage to the vehicle.
• Never leave your vehicle unattended, especially when the tailgate is
open. Children could climb into the luggage compartment, closing the door
behind them; they will be trapped and run the risk of death.
• Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle. Close and lock all
the doors and tailgate when you leave the vehicle. Before you lock the
vehicle, make sure that there are no adults or children in the vehicle.
• Never transport passengers in the luggage compartment. All passen-
gers must have their seat belt fastened ⇒ page 16.
Note
• Air circulation in the vehicle helps reduce fogging of the windows. Used
air escapes through ventilation slits in the side trim of the luggage compart-
ment. Ensure that the ventilation slits are never covered.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 15 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts16
Seat belts
Brief introduction
Before driving: remember your seat belt!
Wearing a seat belt properly can save your life!
In this chapter you will learn the importance of wearing seat belts,
how they work and how to properly fasten, adjust and wear them.
– Read and consider all the information as well as the warnings in
this chapter.
WARNING
• Before inserting the central rear seat belt into its catch, make sure that
the backrest is properly engaged in position by pulling on the belt.
• If seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe injuries
increases.
• Properly worn seat belts can reduce severe injuries in case of sudden
braking manoeuvres or accidents. For safety reasons, you and your passen-
gers must always wear the seat belts properly while the vehicle is moving.
• Pregnant women or people with physical disabilities must also use seat
belts. Like all other passengers, these people can also sustain severe inju-
ries if they are not wearing their seat belts properly.
Number of seats
Your vehicle has five seats, two in the front and three in the rear. Each seat is
equipped with a three-point seat belt.
In some versions, your vehicle is approved only for four seats. Two front seats
and two rear seats.
WARNING
• More people than available seats must never be transported in your
vehicle.
• Every passenger in the vehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat
belt belonging to his or her seat. Children must be protected with an appro-
priate child restraint system.
Seat belt warning lamp*
The warning lamp acts as a reminder to the driver to fasten
the seat belt.
Before starting the vehicle:
–Fasten your seat belt securely.
– Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before
driving off.
– Protect children by using a child seat according to the child’s
height and weight.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 16 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts 17
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The warning lamp in the instrument panel lights up
1)
if the driver or
passenger seat belt is not fastened
1)
when the ignition is switched on. More-
over, an acoustic signal
1)
is heard on exceeding 25 km/h. This acoustic
signal stops when the seat belt is fastened.
The warning lamp*
is switched off if the driver seat belt is fastened while
the ignition is switched on.
1)
Depending on the model version
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 17 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts18
Why wear seat belts?
Physical principles of frontal collisions
In the event of a frontal collision, a large amount of kinetic
energy must be absorbed.
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on
collision: When a vehicle starts moving ⇒ fig. 6, a certain amount of energy
known as kinetic energy is produced in the vehicle and its occupants.
The amount of kinetic energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the
weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the
greater the weight, the more energy there is to be released in an accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the speed
doubles from 25 km/h to 50 km/h, for example, the kinetic energy is multi-
plied by four.
Because the passengers in our example are not restrained by seat belts, in
the case of a head-on collision all of their kinetic energy has to be absorbed
at the point of impact ⇒ fig. 7.
Even at speeds of 30 km/h to 50 km/h, the forces acting on bodies in a colli-
sion can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are
even higher.
Passengers not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle. In a
head-on collision, they will move forward at the same speed their vehicle was
Fig. 6 Vehicle about to hit
a wall: the occupants are
not wearing seat belts
Fig. 7 The vehicle hits
the wall: the occupants
are not wearing seat belts
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 18 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts 19
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
travelling just before the impact. This example applies not only to head-on
collisions, but to all accidents and collisions.
The danger of not using the seat belt
The general belief that the passengers can protect them-
selves with their hands in a minor collision is false.
Even at low speeds the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great
that it is not possible to brace oneself with one’s hands. In a frontal collision,
unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent contact with
the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or whatever else is in the way
⇒ fig. 8.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts. When triggered, airbags
provide only additional protection. All occupants (including the driver) must
wear seat belts properly during the trip. This will reduce the risk of severe
injuries in the event of an accident – regardless of whether an airbag is fitted
for the seat or not.
Note that airbags can be triggered only once. To achieve the best possible
protection, the seat belt must always be worn properly so that you will be
protected in accidents in which no airbag is deployed.
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they
could otherwise be thrown forward violently in an accident. Rear passengers
who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but also the front
occupants ⇒ fig. 9.
Fig. 8 A driver not
wearing a seat belt is
thrown forward violently.
Fig. 9 The unbelted rear
passenger is thrown
forward violently, hitting
the driver wearing a seat
belt.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 19 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts20
Seat belt protection
Passengers not wearing seat belts risk severe injuries in the
event of an accident.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sitting posi-
tions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an accident.
Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that could lead to
severe injuries. In addition, properly worn seat belts reduce the danger of
being thrown from the vehicle.
Passengers wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the ability
of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front part of your vehicle and other
passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are also designed to
absorb the kinetic energy released in a collision. Taken together, all these
features reduce the releasing kinetic energy and consequently, the risk of
injury.
Our examples describe frontal collisions. Of course, properly worn seat belts
substantially reduce the risk of injury in all other types of accidents. This is
why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip, even when "just
driving around the corner".
Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics
have shown that wearing seat belts is an effective means of substantially
reducing the risk of injury and improving the chances of survival in a serious
accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat belts improve the protection
provided by airbags in the event of an accident. For this reason, wearing a
seat belt is required by law in most countries.
Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, the seat belts must be
fastened and worn. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some
frontal accidents. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal
collisions, minor side collisions, rear collisions, overturns or accidents in
which the airbag trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.
Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that your
passengers have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!
Safety instructions on using seat belts
If seat belts are used correctly, they can reduce the risk of
injury in an accident.
– Always wear the seat belt as described in this section.
– Ensure that the seat belts can be fastened at all times and are not
damaged.
WARNING
• If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe inju-
ries increases. The optimal protection from seat belts can be achieved only
if you use them properly.
Fig. 10 A driver wearing
the seat belt properly is
secured by the belt in
sharp braking
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 20 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts 21
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Fasten your seat belt before every trip - even when driving in town. The
other passengers must also wear the seat belts at all times, otherwise they
run the risk of being injured.
• The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the seat belt is not posi-
tioned correctly.
• Never allow two passengers (even children) to share the same seat belt.
• Keep both feet in the footwell in front of your seat as long as the vehicle
is in motion.
• Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of fatal
injury.
• The seat belt must never be twisted while it is being worn.
• The seat belt should never lie on hard or fragile objects (such as glasses
or pens, etc.) because this can cause injuries.
• Do not allow the seat belt to be damaged or jammed, or to rub on any
sharp edges.
• Never wear the seat belt under the arm or in any other incorrect posi-
tion.
• Loose, bulky clothing (such as an overcoat over a jacket) impairs the
proper fit and function of the belts, reducing their capacity to protect.
• The slot in the seat belt buckle must not be blocked with paper or other
objects, as this can prevent the latch plate from engaging securely.
• Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to alter
the position of the belt webbing.
• Frayed or torn seat belts or damage to the connections, belt retractors
or parts of the buckle could cause severe injuries in the event of an acci-
dent. Therefore, you must check the condition of all seat belts at regular
intervals.
• Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be
replaced by a specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if
there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.
• Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself. The seat belts
must not be removed or modified in any way.
• The belts must be kept clean, otherwise the retractors may not work
properly.
Seat belts
Seat belt adjustment
The seat belts for the front and rear occupants are locked into
position by a latch.
The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the seat belt is not
positioned correctly.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Fig. 11 Belt buckle and
latch plate of seat belt
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 21 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts22
– Adjust the seat and head restraint correctly.
– To fasten the belt, take hold of the latch plate and pull it slowly
across your chest and lap.
– Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and
push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click
⇒ page 21, fig. 11.
– Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in
the buckle.
The seat belts are equipped with an automatic retractor on the shoulder
strap. Full freedom of movement is permitted when the shoulder belt is pulled
slowly. However, during sudden braking, during travel in steep areas or
bends and during acceleration, the automatic retractor on the shoulder belt
is locked.
The automatic belt retractors on the front seats are fitted with seat belt
tensioners ⇒ page 25.
WARNING
• An incorrectly worn seat belt can cause severe injuries in the event of
an accident.
• The seat belts offer best protection only when the backrests are in an
upright position and the seat belts have been fastened properly.
• Never put the latch plate in the buckle of another seat. If you do this, the
seat belt will not protect you properly and the risk of injury is increased.
• If an occupant is incorrectly belted in, the belt cannot protect him or her
properly. An incorrectly positioned seat belt can cause extremely severe
injuries.
Seat belt position
Seat belts offer their maximum protection only when they are
properly positioned.
Fig. 12 Correct seat belt
and head restraint posi-
tions, viewed from front
Fig. 13 Correct seat belt
and head restraint posi-
tions, viewed from side
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 22 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts 23
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
WARNING
• An incorrectly worn seat belt can cause severe injuries in the event of
an accident.
• The shoulder belt must be positioned around the middle of the
shoulder. The seat belt must lie flat and snugly on the torso ⇒ page 22,
fig. 12.
• The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the
stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and snugly on the pelvis ⇒ page 22,
fig. 13. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
• Read and observe the warnings ⇒ page 20.
Pregnant women must also fasten their seat belts properly
The best protection for the unborn child is for the mother to
wear the seat belt properly at all times during the pregnancy.
The seat belt provides maximum protection only when the seat belt
is properly positioned ⇒ page 22.
– Adjust the front seat and head restraint correctly.
– Holding the latch plate, pull the belt evenly across your chest and
as low as possible over the pelvis ⇒ fig. 14.
– Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the corresponding seat
and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click
⇒ .
– Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in
the buckle.
WARNING
• An incorrectly worn seat belt can cause severe injuries in the event of
an accident.
• For pregnant women, the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as
possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach, and always lie flat so
that no pressure is exerted on the abdomen.
• Read and observe the warnings ⇒ page 20.
Fig. 14 Positioning seat
belts during pregnancy
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 23 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts24
Seat belt release
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has
come to a standstill.
– Press the red button on the belt buckle ⇒ fig. 15. The latch plate
is released and springs out ⇒ .
– Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim
is not damaged
WARNING
Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. If you do, you
increase the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries.
Incorrectly fastened seat belts
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even mortal
injuries.
Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is
properly worn. The seat belts must be fastened exactly in the order
described in this chapter. An incorrect sitting position impairs
substantially the protection a seat belt offers and can lead to severe
or fatal injuries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially
increased when a deploying airbag strikes an occupant who has
assumed an incorrect sitting position. As the driver, you are respon-
sible for all vehicle occupants, especially children. Therefore:
– Never allow anyone to wear the seat belt incorrectly while the
vehicle is moving ⇒ .
WARNING
• An incorrectly worn seat belt increases the risk of severe injuries.
• Before every trip, instruct your passengers to adjust their seat belts
properly and to wear them for the whole journey.
• Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use
of seat belts ⇒ page 20.
Fig. 15 Removing latch
plate from buckle
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 24 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seat belts 25
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Belt tensioners*
Function of the seat belt tensioner
During a frontal collision, the seat belts on the front seats are
retracted automatically.
The seat belts for the front occupants are equipped with belt tensioners.
Sensors will trigger the belt tensioners during severe head-on, lateral and
rear collisions only if the seat belt is being worn. This retracts and tightens the
seat belts, reducing the forward motion of the occupants.
The seat belt tensioner can be triggered only once.
The belt tensioners will not be triggered in the event of light frontal and side
collisions, if the vehicle overturns, or in situations where no large forces act
on the front, side or rear of the vehicle.
Note
• If the seat belt tensioners are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is
normal and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
• The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the system are scrapped. Specialised workshops are familiar
with these regulations, which are also available to you.
Service and disposal of belt tensioners
The belt tensioners are components of the seat belts that are installed in the
seats of your vehicle. If you work on the belt tensioners or remove and install
parts of the system when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be
damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt
tensioners function incorrectly or not at all.
So that the effectiveness of the seat belt tensioner is not reduced and that
removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regula-
tions, which are known to the specialised workshops, must be observed.
WARNING
• Improper use or repairs not carried out by qualified mechanics increase
the risk of severe or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners may fail to trigger or
may trigger in the wrong circumstances.
• Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or install parts of the belt
tensioners or seat belts.
• The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and automatic retractor cannot be
repaired.
• Any work on the belt tensioners and seat belts, including the removal
and refitting of system parts in conjunction with other repair work, must be
performed by a specialised workshop only.
• The belt tensioners will only provide protection for one accident and
must be changed if they have been activated.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 25 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system26
Airbag system
Brief introduction
Why wear a seat belt and assume the correct sitting
position?
For the inflating airbags to achieve the best protection, the
seat belt must always be worn properly and the correct sitting
position must be assumed.
For your own safety and the safety of the passengers, please ensure
the following before driving:
– Always wear the seat belt properly
– Adjust the driver seat and the steering wheel correctly.
– Adjust the front passenger seat correctly.
– Adjust the head restraint correctly ⇒ page 12.
– Use an appropriate child restraint system to protect children in
your vehicle.
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second. If you have an
incorrect seating position at the time the airbag is deployed, it could cause
you critical injuries. Therefore, it is essential that all passengers in the vehicle
assume a correct sitting position while travelling.
A sharp braking before an accident may cause a passenger not wearing a seat
belt to be thrown forward into the area of the deploying airbag. In this case,
the inflating airbag may inflict critical or fatal injuries on the occupant. This
also applies to children.
Always maintain the greatest possible distance between yourself and the
front airbag. This way, the front airbags can completely deploy when trig-
gered, providing their maximum protection.
The most important factors that will trigger an airbag are: the type of acci-
dent, the angle of collision and the speed of the vehicle.
Whether the airbags are triggered depends primarily on the vehicle deceler-
ation rate resulting from the collision and detected by the control unit. If the
vehicle deceleration occurring during the collision and measured by the
control unit remains below the specified reference values, the front, side
and/or curtain airbag will not be triggered. Take into account that the visible
damage in a vehicle involved in an accident, no matter how serious, is not a
determining factor for the airbags to have been triggered.
WARNING
• Wearing the seat belt incorrectly or assuming an incorrect sitting posi-
tion can lead to critical or fatal injuries.
• All occupants, including children, who are not properly belted can
sustain critical or fatal injuries if the airbag is triggered. Children up to 12
years old should always travel on the rear seat. Never transport children in
the vehicle if they are not restrained or the restraint system is not appro-
priate for their age, size or weight.
• If you are not wearing a seat belt, if you lean forward or to the side while
travelling or assume an incorrect sitting position, there is a substantially
increased risk of injury. This increased risk of injury will be further
increased if you are struck by an inflating airbag.
• To reduce the risk of injury from an inflating airbag, always wear the
seat belt properly.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 26 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 27
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Always adjust the front seats properly.
The danger of fitting a child seat on the front passenger seat
Rear-facing child seats must never be used on the front
passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled.
The front passenger airbag is a serious risk for a child if it is activated. The
front passenger seat is life threatening to a child if he/she is transported in a
rear-facing child seat. Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the
rear seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating
airbag can strike it with such force that it can cause critical or fatal injuries.
Therefore we strongly recommend you to transport children on the rear seats.
That is the safest place for children in the vehicle. Alternatively, the front
passenger airbag can be disabled with a key-operated switch ⇒ page 37.
When transporting children, use a child seat appropriate to the age and size
of each child.
For those vehicles that do not include a key lock switch to disconnect the
airbag, the vehicle must be taken to a Technical Service.
WARNING
• If a child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, the risk to the child
of sustaining critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increases.
• Never secure a rear-facing child seat to the front passenger seat if the
front passenger airbag is enabled. The child can suffer critical or fatal inju-
ries if the front passenger airbag is triggered.
• An inflating front passenger airbag can strike the rear-facing child seat
and hurl it with great force against the door, the roof or the backrest.
• If, under special circumstances, it is necessary to transport a child in a
rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, it is absolutely essential
that you observe the following safety measures:
− Deactivate the front passenger airbag ⇒ page 37, “Deactivating
airbags*”.
− The child seat must be approved by the child seat manufacturer for
use on a front passenger seat with front or side airbag.
− Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer
and absolutely observe all warnings
− Before properly installing the child seat, push the front passenger
seat completely backwards so that the greatest possible distance to
the front passenger airbag is ensured.
− Ensure that no objects prevent the front passenger seat from being
pushed completely back.
− The backrest of the front passenger seat must be in an upright
position.
Warning lamp for airbag and seat belt tensioner T
This warning lamp monitors the airbag and seat belt
tensioner system.
The warning lamp monitors all airbags and seat belt tensioners in the vehicle,
including control units and wiring connections.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 27 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system28
Monitoring of airbag and belt tensioner system
Both the airbag and belt tensioner systems operation is constantly monitored
electronically. The warning lamp
T will light up for a few seconds every time
the ignition is switched on (self-diagnosis).
The system must be checked when the warning lamp
T :
• does not light up when the ignition is switched on,
• after the ignition is switched on, it turns off after 4 seconds,
• turns off and then lights up again after the ignition is switched on,
• lights up or flashes while the vehicle is moving.
In the event of a malfunction, the warning lamp remains on continuously.
Have the airbag system inspected immediately by a qualified workshop.
If any of the airbags are de-activated by the Authorised Service Centre, the
indicator lights for several seconds more after the verification and will turn off
if there is no fault.
WARNING
• If there is a malfunction, the airbag and belt tensioner system cannot
properly perform its protective function.
• If a malfunction occurred, have the system checked immediately by a
specialised workshop. Otherwise, in the event of an accident, the airbag
system and belt tensioners may not be triggered, or may not be triggered
correctly.
Repairs, maintenance and disposal of airbags
The parts of the airbag system are installed in various places in your vehicle.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and
fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag
system may be damaged. In the event of an accident this could cause the
airbag to inflate incorrectly or not inflate at all.
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the airbag are scrapped. Specialised workshops and vehicle
disposal centres are familiar with these requirements.
WARNING
• If repairs are not carried out by a professional, or if the airbags are used
incorrectly, the risk of severe or fatal injuries is increased. The airbags may
fail to inflate, or could inflate in the wrong circumstances.
• Do not cover or stick anything on the steering wheel hub or the surface
of the airbag unit on the passenger side of the dash panel, and do not
obstruct or modify them in any way.
• It is important not to attach any objects such as cup holders or tele-
phone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units.
• To clean the steering wheel or dash panel, you may use only a dry or a
water-moistened cloth. Never clean the dash panel and the airbag module
surface with cleaners containing solvents. Solvents cause the surface to
become porous. If the airbag triggered, plastic parts could become
detached and cause injuries.
• Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or install parts of the airbag
system.
• Any work on the airbag system or removal and installation of the airbag
components for other repairs (such as repairs to the steering wheel) should
be performed only by a specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have
the necessary tools, repair information and qualified personnel.
• We strongly recommend you to go to a specialised workshop for all
work on the airbag system.
• Never attempt to alter the front bumper or the body.
• The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once
they have deployed.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 28 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 29
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
For the sake of the environment
The airbags, which are a special type of waste, must be disposed of through
an authorised service, because they contain pyrotechnic elements.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 29 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system30
Front airbags
Description of front airbags
The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts.
The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ⇒ fig. 16 and
the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ⇒ fig. 17.
Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the front
occupants additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a
severe frontal collision ⇒ page 32, “Safety notes on the front airbag system”.
In addition to their normal function of restraining the occupants, the seat
belts also hold the driver and front passenger in a position where the airbags
can provide maximum protection in a frontal collision.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts, but it is an integral part
of the vehicle’s overall passive safety system. Please bear in mind that the
airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their
seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly. For this
reason, it is most important to wear the seat belts at all times, not only
because this is required by law in most countries, but also as a contribution
to your own safety
The main parts of the front airbag system are:
• an electronic control and monitoring system (control unit)
• the two front airbags (airbag with gas generator) for the driver and front
passenger,
• a warning lamp T on the instrument panel ⇒ page 27
The airbag system operation is monitored electronically. The airbag warning
lamp will light up for a few seconds every time the ignition is switched on
(self-diagnosis).
There is a fault in the system if the warning lamp
T:
• does not light up when the ignition is switched on ⇒ page 27
• after the ignition is switched on, it turns off after 4 seconds,
• turns off and then lights up again after the ignition is switched on,
• lights up or flashes while the vehicle is moving.
Fig. 16 Driver airbag
located in steering wheel
Fig. 17 Front passenger
airbag located in dash
panel
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 30 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 31
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The front airbag system will not be triggered if:
• the ignition is switched off
• there is a minor frontal collision,
• there is a side collision,
• there is a rear-end collision
• the vehicle turns over
WARNING
• The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the
occupants are seated correctly ⇒ page 9, “Proper sitting position for occu-
pants”.
• If a fault has occurred in the airbag system, have the system checked
immediately by a specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a frontal colli-
sion the system may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly.
Operation of front airbags
Inflated airbags reduce the risk of head or chest injury.
The airbag system is designed so that the airbags for the driver and front
passenger are triggered in a severe frontal collision.
In certain types of accident the front and side airbags may be triggered
together.
When the system is triggered, the airbags fill with a propellant gas and
deploy in front of the driver and front passenger ⇒ fig. 18. The fully deployed
airbags cushion the forward movement of the front occupants and help to
reduce the risk of injury to the head and the upper part of the body.
The special design of the airbag allows the controlled escape of the propel-
lant gas when an occupant puts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and
chest are surrounded and protected by the airbag. After the collision, the
airbag deflates sufficiently to allow visibility.
The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within thousandths of a second, to
provide additional protection in the event of an accident. A fine dust may
Fig. 18 Inflated front
airbags
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 31 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system32
develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and it is not an indication of
fire in the vehicle.
Safety notes on the front airbag system
If you use airbags correctly, they can considerably reduce the
risk of injury in many kinds of accident.
WARNING
• It is important for the driver and front passenger to keep a distance of
at least 25 cm from the steering wheel or dash panel. If the minimum
distance is not observed, the airbags do not correctly protect the vehicle
occupants; risk of fatal injuries! In addition, the front seats and head
restraints must always be positioned correctly for the height of the occu-
pant.
• If you are not wearing a seat belt, if you lean forward or to the side while
travelling or assume an incorrect sitting position, there is a substantially
increased risk of injury. This increased risk of injury will be further
increased if you are struck by an inflating airbag.
• Never let a child travel on the front seat without an appropriate restraint
system. If the airbag is triggered in an accident, children can sustain
serious or fatal injuries from the airbag as it inflates ⇒ page 39, “Child
safety”.
• The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
• The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once
they have deployed.
• It is also important not to attach any objects such as cup holders or
telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units.
• Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any
way.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 32 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 33
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Side airbags
Description of side airbags
The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts.
The side airbags are located in the driver seat and front passenger seat back-
rests ⇒ fig. 19. The locations are identified by the text “AIRBAG” in the upper
region of the backrests.
Together with the seat belts, the side airbag system gives the front seat occu-
pants additional protection for the upper body in the event of a severe side
collision ⇒ page 35, “Safety notes on the operation of the side airbag
system”.
In a side collision, the side airbags reduce the risk of injury to passengers on
the front seats to the areas of the body facing the impact. In addition to their
normal function of protecting the occupants in a collision, the seat belts also
hold the passengers on the front seats in a position where the side airbags
can provide maximum protection.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts, but it is an integral part
of the vehicle’s overall passive safety system. Please bear in mind that the
airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their
seat belts. For this reason, it is most important to wear the seat belts at all
times, not only because this is required by law in most countries, but also as
a contribution to your own safety
The side airbag system will not be triggered if:
• the ignition is switched off
• there is a minor side collision
• there is a frontal collision
• there is a rear-end collision
• the vehicle turns over
The main parts of the airbag system are:
• an electronic control and monitoring system (control unit)
• the side airbags in the sides of the backrests of the front seats,
• a warning lamp T on the instrument panel ⇒ page 27
The airbag system operation is monitored electronically. The airbag warning
lamp will light up for approx. 4 seconds every time the ignition is switched on
(self-diagnosis).
WARNING
• Never drive the vehicle if the interior panels have been removed.
• Never drive if the interior door panels have been removed or if the
panels have not been correctly fitted.
• Never drive the vehicle if the loudspeakers in the door panels have
been removed, unless the holes left by the loudspeakers have been
correctly closed.
• Always check that the openings are closed or covered if loudspeakers
or other equipment are fitted in the interior door panels.
Fig. 19 Side airbag in
driver seat
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 33 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system34
• Any work carried out to the doors should be made in a specialised work-
shop.
• The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the
occupants are seated correctly ⇒ page 9, “Proper sitting position for occu-
pants”.
• If a fault has occurred in the airbag system, have the system checked
immediately by a specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a side collision,
the system may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 34 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 35
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Operation of side airbags
Inflated airbags can reduce the risk of head or chest injury in
many side impact collisions.
In some side collisions, the side airbag is triggered on the impact side of the
vehicle ⇒ fig. 20.
In certain types of accident the front and side airbags may be triggered
together.
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled with propellant gas.
The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within thousandths of a second, to
provide additional protection in the event of an accident. A fine dust may
develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and it is not an indication of
fire in the vehicle.
The fully deployed airbags cushion the movement of the occupants of the
front seats and help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper body.
The special design of the airbag allows the controlled escape of the propel-
lant gas when an occupant puts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and
chest are surrounded and protected by the airbag.
Safety notes on the operation of the side airbag system
If airbags are used correctly, they can considerably reduce the
risk of injury in side impact collisions.
WARNING
• If you do not wear a seat belt, if you lean forward, or are not seated
correctly while the vehicle is in motion, you are at a greater risk of injury if
the side airbag system is triggered in an accident.
• In order for the side airbags to provide their maximum protection, the
prescribed sitting position must always be maintained with seat belts
fastened while travelling.
• Occupants of the outer seats must never carry any objects or pets in the
deployment space between them and the airbags, or allow children or
other passengers to travel in this position. It is also important not to attach
any accessories (such as cup holders) to the doors. This would impair the
protection offered by the side airbags.
• The built-in coat hooks should be used only for lightweight clothing. Do
not leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets.
• Great forces, such as hard blows or kicks, must not be exerted upon the
backrest bolster because the system may be damaged. In this case, the
side airbags would not be triggered.
• Under no circumstances should protective covers be fitted over seats
with side airbags unless the covers have been approved for use in your
vehicle. Because the airbag deploys from the side of the backrest, the use
of conventional seat covers would obstruct the side airbag, seriously
reducing the airbag’s effectiveness.
Fig. 20 Inflated side
airbag on left side of
vehicle
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 35 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system36
• Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of the
side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a specialised workshop.
• The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once
they have deployed.
• When children assume an incorrect sitting position, they expose them-
selves to an increased risk of injury in the event of an accident. This is
particularly the case if the child is travelling on the front passenger seat
and the airbag system is triggered in an accident; this could have critical
consequences including serious injury or death ⇒ page 39, “Child safety”.
• Any work on the side airbag system or removal and installation of the
airbag components for other repairs (such as removal of the front seat)
should only be performed by a specialised workshop. Otherwise, faults
may occur during the airbag system operation.
• Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way.
• To ensure the correct functioning of the side and head airbags neither
the doors nor the door panels should be modified in any way (e.g. fitting
loudspeakers). If the front door is damaged, the airbag system may not
work correctly. All work carried out on the front door must be made in a
specialised workshop.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 36 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system 37
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Deactivating airbags*
Front passenger airbag deactivation
If you fit a rear-facing child seat to the front passenger seat,
the front passenger airbag must be de-activated.
When the passenger airbag is deactivated, this means that only the
passenger front airbag is deactivated. All the other airbags in the
vehicle remain activated.
Deactivating the front passenger airbag
– Switch the ignition off.
– Turn the ignition switch in the key operated switch in the glove
compartment to the position OFF ⇒ fig. 21.
– Check that the warning lamp “AIRBAG OFF” on the dash panel
⇒ fig. 22 remains lit ⇒ when the ignition is switched on.
Activating the front passenger airbag
– Switch the ignition off.
– Turn the ignition key in the key-operated switch in the glove
compartment to the position ON ⇒ fig. 21.
Fig. 21 In the glove
compartment: switch for
activating and deacti-
vating the front passenger
airbag
Fig. 22 Warning lamp for
deactivated passenger
airbag in centre console
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 37 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Airbag system38
– Check that the warning lamp “AIRBAG OFF” in the console does
⇒ page 37, fig. 22 not light up when the ignition is switched on
⇒ .
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for the proper position of the key-operated
switch.
• You should only deactivate the front passenger airbag when, in excep-
tional cases, you have to use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger
seat ⇒ page 39, “Child safety”.
• Never install a child seat facing backwards on the front passenger seat
unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. Otherwise, there is a
risk of death. If under exceptional circumstances it is necessary to trans-
port a child in a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, you must
always disable the front passenger airbag.
• As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger
seat, enable the front passenger airbag again.
• Only deactivate the passenger airbag when the ignition is off, other-
wise a fault may occur in the airbag system, which could cause the airbag
to not deploy properly or not deploy at all.
• When the passenger airbag is deactivated, if the warning lamp AIRBAG
OFF is not continuously lit up when the front passenger airbag is disabled,
there may be a fault in the airbag system:
− Have the airbag system inspected immediately by a specialised
workshop.
− Do not use a child seat on the front passenger seat! The front
passenger airbag could be triggered despite the fact that there is a fault
in the system and, as a result, a child could sustain serious or fatal inju-
ries.
− It is unpredictable whether the front passenger airbag will deploy in
the event of an accident. Warn all your passengers of this.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 38 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety 39
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Child safety
Brief introduction
Introduction
Statistics show that children are generally safer on the rear
seat than on the front passenger seat.
For safety reasons we recommend that children under 12 years of age travel
on the rear seats. Depending on their age, height and weight, children trav-
elling on the rear seat must use a child seat or a seat belt. For safety reasons,
the child seat should be installed in the centre of the rear seat or behind the
front passenger seat.
The physical laws involved and the forces acting in a collision apply also to
children. ⇒ page 18, “Why wear seat belts?”. But unlike adults, children do
not have muscle and bone structures fully developed. This means that chil-
dren are subject to a greater risk of injury.
To reduce this risk, children must always use special child restraint systems
when travelling in the vehicle.
We recommend the use of child safety products from the SEAT Genuine Acces-
sories Programme, which includes systems for all ages made by “Peke”
2)
.
These systems have been especially designed and approved, complying with
the ECE-R44. regulation.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats. Always read and note
⇒ page 39, “Safety notes on using child seats”.
We recommend you to include the manufacturer’s Child Seat instruction
manual together with the on-board documentation.
Safety notes on using child seats
Proper use of child seats substantially reduces the risk of
injury in an accident!
As the driver, you are responsible for any children you transport in
your vehicle.
– Protect your children by properly using the appropriate child
seats ⇒ page 41.
– Always ensure that the seat belt is properly positioned according
to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child
seat.
– When travelling, do not allow children to distract you from traffic.
– Take breaks regularly during long trips. Take a break at least
every two hours.
WARNING
• Never install a child seat facing backwards on the front passenger seat
unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This could lead to a
risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in
exceptional cases, to transport a child in the front passenger seat, the front
passenger airbag must always be disabled ⇒ page 37, “Deactivating
2)
Not for all countries.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 39 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety40
airbags*”. If the passenger seat has a height adjustment option, move it to
the highest position.
• For those vehicles that do not include a key lock switch to disconnect
the airbag, the vehicle must be taken to a Technical Service.
• All passengers, especially children, must assume the proper sitting
position and be properly belted in while travelling.
• Never hold children or babies on your lap, this can result in potentially
fatal injuries to the child!
• Never allow a child to be transported in a vehicle without being properly
secured, or to stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling. In an accident,
the child could be flung through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal injuries
to themselves and to the other passengers.
• If children assume an improper sitting position when the vehicle is
moving, they expose themselves to greater risk of injury in the event of a
sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident. This is particularly important
if the child is travelling on the front passenger seat and the airbag system
is triggered in an accident; as this could cause serious injury or even death.
• A suitable child seat can protect your child!
• Never leave an unsupervised child alone on a child seat or in the
vehicle.
• Depending on weather conditions, it may become extremely hot or cold
inside the vehicle. This can be fatal.
• Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall must not wear a normal seat
belt without a child seat, as this could cause injuries to the abdominal and
neck areas during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become twisted or jammed, or to rub on
any sharp edges.
• Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause injuries even in a minor collision
or in sudden braking manoeuvres.
• The seat belt provides maximum protection only when the seat belt is
properly positioned ⇒ page 21, “Seat belts”.
• Only one child may occupy a child seat ⇒ page 41, “Child seats”.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 40 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety 41
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Child seats
Categorisation of child seats into groups
Use only child seats that are officially approved and suitable
for the child.
Child seats are subject to the regulation ECE-R 44. ECE-R stands for: Economic
Commission for Europe Regulation
The child seats are grouped into 5 categories:
Group 0: children up to 10 kg
Group 0+: children up to 13 kg
Group 1: from 9 to 18 kg
Group 2: from 15 to 25 kg
Group 3: from 22 to 36 kg
Child seats that have been tested and approved under the ECE R44 standard
bear the test mark on the seat (the letter E in a circle with the test number
below it).
Group 0 and 0+ child seats
A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can
help you to protect your child.
Group 0: For babies from about 9 months old and 10 kg in weight the most
suitable seats are those appearing in the illustration ⇒ fig. 23.
Group 0+: For babies from about 18 months old and 13 kg in weight the most
suitable seats are those appearing in the illustration ⇒ fig. 23.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats.
We recommend you to include the manufacturer’s Child Seat instruction
manual together with the on-board documentation.
WARNING
Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of
child seats ⇒ in “Safety notes on using child seats” on page 39.
Fig. 23 A group 0 rear-
facing child seat fitted on
the rear seat.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 41 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety42
Group 1 child seats
A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can
help you to protect your child.
Child seats using the ISOFIX system or seats in which the child faces the rear
of the vehicle are most appropriate for babies and small children weighing
between 9 and 18 kg.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats.
We recommend you to include the manufacturer’s Child Seat instruction
manual together with the on-board documentation.
WARNING
Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of
child seats ⇒ in “Safety notes on using child seats” on page 39.
Group 2 and 3 child seats
A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can
help you to protect your child.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats.
We recommend you to include the manufacturer’s Child Seat instruction
manual together with the on-board documentation.
Group 2 child seats
Children under 7 years of age weighing between 15 and 25 kg are best
protected by group 2 child seats together with properly adjusted seat belts.
Group 3 child seats
Children over 7 years of age weighing between 22 and 36 kg but less than 1.5
metres tall are best protected by seat cushions with head restraints together
with properly worn seat belts ⇒ fig. 25.
Fig. 24 A category 1
forward-facing child seat
fitted on the rear seat.
Fig. 25 Forward-facing
child seat installed on rear
seat.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 42 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety 43
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
WARNING
• The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie approximately on the centre
of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm. The seat belt must lie
close to the upper part of the body. The lap belt part must lie across the
pelvis, not across the stomach, and always fit closely. Pull the belt tight if
necessary to take up any slack ⇒ page 21, “Seat belts”.
• Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use
of child seats ⇒ in “Safety notes on using child seats” on page 39.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 43 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety44
Securing child seats
Ways to secure a child seat
A child seat can be secured differently on the rear seat and on
the front passenger seat.
You can secure a child seat to the rear seat or front passenger seat in the
following ways:
• Child seats in groups 0 to 3 can be secured with a seat belt.
• Child seats for groups 0, 0+ and 1 with the “ISOFIX” system can be
secured, without fastening seat belts, with the “ISOFIX” securing rings
⇒ page 44.
U: Suitable for universal approved restraining systems for use in this age
category (universal retention systems are those fitted using the adult
seat belt).
UF Suitable for universal forward-facing retention systems approved for use
with this age group.
*: Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible, as high as
possible and always deactivate the airbag.
L: Suitable for retention systems using the “ISOFIX” anchors.
X Seat position not suitable for children in this age group.
WARNING
• When travelling, children must be secured in the vehicle with a
restraint system suitable for age, weight and size.
• Never install a child seat facing backwards on the front passenger seat
unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This could cause fatal
injuries to the child! However, if, in exceptional cases, it is necessary to
transport a child in the front passenger seat, the front passenger airbag
⇒ page 37, “Deactivating airbags*” must always be disabled and the seat
adjusted to its highest position, where possible.
• Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use
of child seats ⇒ in “Safety notes on using child seats” on page 39.
Securing a child seat with the “ISOFIX” system
Child seats can be secured quickly, easily and safely on the
rear outer seats with the “ISOFIX” system.
Category Weight
Seat locations
Front
passenger
Rear outer Rear centre
Group 0 <10 kg U* U U
Group 0+ <13 kg U* U U
Group 1 9-18 kg U* U/L U
Group 2 / 3 15-36 kg X UF UF
Fig. 26 ISOFIX securing
rings
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 44 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety 45
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
When removing or fitting the child seat, please be sure to follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.
– Press the child seat onto the “ISOFIX” retaining rings until the
child seat can be heard to engage securely. If the child seat is
fitted with any other anti-rotation system, follow the manufac-
turer instructions carefully.
– Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
Two ISOFIX retaining rings are fitted on each rear seat. In some vehicles, the
rings are secured to the seat frame and, in others, they are secured to the rear
floor. The access to the “ISOFIX” rings is between the rear seat backrest and
the seat cushioning.
Child seats with “ISOFIX” mountings are available in your Authorised Service
Centres.
WARNING
• The retaining rings are designed to only be used with “ISOFIX” child
seats.
• Never secure child seats without the “ISOFIX” system, retaining belts
or objects to the fastening rings – this can result in potentially fatal injuries
to the child.
• Ensure that the child seat is secured correctly to the “ISOFIX” anchor
points.
Top Tether retainer straps
Some child restraint seats have a third Top Tether anchoring
point, apart from both “ISOFIX” anchoring points, which
allow better child retention.
Child seats with the Top Tether system come with a strap for securing the seat
to the vehicle anchor point, located at the back of the rear backrest.
The retainer strap is used to reduce forwards movements of the safety seat in
a crash, helping reduce the risk of injuries to the head from hitting the inside
of the vehicle.
It is foreseen that an EU Directive will introduce requirements related to the
retention of child restraint systems by means of ISOFIX and Top Tether anchor-
ages (probably compulsory for new types from 2010), which will entail
improved retention of the child restraint seat and less head movement in
case of frontal collisions.
Fig. 27 Position of the
Top Teth er rings on the
back of the rear seat
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 45 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Child safety46
Use of retainer straps on rear-facing seats
At present there are very few rear-facing child safety seats fitted with a
retainer strap. Please carefully read and follow the safety seat manufacturer’s
instructions for information on how to install the retainer strap properly.
WARNING
An undue installation of the safety seat will increase the risk of injury in the
event of a crash.
• Never tie the retainer strap to a hook in the luggage compartment.
• Never secure or tie luggage or other items to the lower anchorages
(ISOFIX) or the upper ones (Top Tether).
Fitting the Top Tether child restraint to the anchoring point
Securing the Top Tether child restraint to the anchor point situated
on the rear of the backrest
– Pull out the fastening belt of the child restraint seat according to
the manufacturer’s instructions.
– Lead the Top Tether fastening belt under the rear seat head
restraint ⇒ fig. 28 (lift the head restraint where necessary).
– Slide the belt so that the Top Tether belt of the child restraint seat
is correctly secured to the anchor on the back of the rear seat.
– Firmly tighten the Top Tether belt following the child restraint
seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Releasing the retaining strap
– Release the retainer strap in line with the instructions given by
the child safety seat manufacturer.
– Push the lock and release it from the anchoring support.
WARNING
Read and bear in mind all the WARNINGS ⇒ page 45.
Fig. 28 Retainer strap:
correct adjustment and
fitting
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 46 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
47
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 47 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
48
Fig. 29 Dash panel
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 48 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 49
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Operating Instructions
Cockpit
Overview
Overview of the dash panel
This overview will help you to familiarise yourself with the
controls and displays.
Door release lever
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light dimmer for instrument panel lighting* . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight range control* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air vent
Turn signal and dipped beam lever and cruise control
system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel and warning lamps:
− Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn (only works when the ignition is on)/ and driver front
airbag* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering and starter lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windscreen wash-wipe / rear window wash-wipe lever* and
operation of the multifunction display* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio
Glove compartment/Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger airbag* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switches for:
− Heating and ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Air conditioning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Climatronic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter / Power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cup holder/Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls on the centre console:
− Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Airbag disconnection warning light* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Tyre pressure control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Heated seats* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− Central locking* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
− AUX connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handbrake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic*/manual gear lever / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage space
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering column control lever* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonnet release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering column controls for audio and telephone* . . . . . . .
Fuse housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
1
A
2
90
A
3
92
A
4
92
A
5
A
6
96, 149
A
7
51
58
A
8
26
A
9
131
A
10
99, 54
A
11
A
12
111
A
13
30
A
14
120
123
126
A
15
115
A
16
114
A
17
95
27
155
65
94
109
77
116
A
18
145
A
19
138, 137
A
20
A
21
14
A
22
130
A
23
185
A
24
70
A
25
212
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 49 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit50
Control for adjusting electric exterior mirrors* . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric window controls* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note
Some of the items of equipment listed here are fitted only on certain model
versions or are optional extras.
A
26
103
A
27
85
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 50 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 51
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Instruments
Instrument overview
The instruments display the vehicle operating status.
Fig. 30 Detailed view of the dash panel: instrument panel
The layout of the instruments depends upon the model and the engine.
Rev counter* ⇒ page 52
Digital display.
Speedometer ⇒ page 52
Instrument panel digital display menu selection button.
Adjustment button for the selected menu
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 51 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit52
Rev counter
The rev counter displays the engine speed in revolutions per
minute.
The start of the red zone ⇒ page 51, fig. 30 indicates the maximum
engine speed operating at service temperature. However, it is advisable to
change up to a higher gear, move the selector lever to D or lift your foot off the
accelerator before the needle reaches the red zone.
Caution
The rev counter needle must never enter the red zone on the scale. Risk of
engine damage.
For the sake of the environment
Changing up into higher gears early will help you to reduce fuel consumption,
emissions and minimise engine noise.
Speedometer
The speedometer is equipped with a digital odometer and a trip recorder, in
addition to a service intervals display.
During the running-in period, the instructions shown on ⇒ page 158 should
be followed.
Digital instrument panel display
Fuel gauge z and reserve indicator
Instrument panel: fuel gauge
The fuel tank has a capacity of approx. 45 litres.
When the needle reaches the reserve zone ⇒ fig. 31, the warning lamp will
light and an acoustic signal will sound reminding the driver to refuel. At this
point there are still 7 litres of fuel in the tank.
Digital clock*
– To set the hour, press button ⇒ page 51, fig. 30. The “hour”
option flashes on the digital display and is set using button
“set” ⇒ page 51, fig. 30.
A
1
Fig. 31 Fuel gauge
A
4
A
5
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 52 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 53
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– To set the minutes, press button again and select the minute
option. Set from button “set”.
Once the operation has been carried out, the system memorises the time.
Outside temperature display
The outside temperature is displayed when the ignition is
switched on.
In addition to the outside temperature display, an ice crystal is displayed and,
if vehicle speed is over 10 km/h, a warning tone is heard at temperatures
dropping from between +4 °C and -7 °C and at temperatures rising from -5 °C
up to +6 °C.
The illumination of the crystal symbol aims to warn the driver of the risk of
ice, so that he/she proceeds with due care.
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the tempera-
ture displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature as
a result of heat coming from the engine.
Recommended gear display*
This display helps to save fuel.
Use the gear display to save fuel. If you are not in the correct gear, a triangle
will appear next to the gear display indicating whether you should change up
or down ⇒ fig. 32.
A
4
A
5
Fig. 32 Gear display
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 53 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit54
Multifunction display (MFI)*
The multifunction display (MFI) shows you information on the
journey and fuel consumption.
The multifunction system uses two automatic memories: 1 - Actual
memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown
in the upper right-hand corner of the display.
Selecting a memory
– With the ignition switched on, briefly press button ⇒ fig. 33
on the windscreen wiper lever to move from one memory to
another.
Resetting a memory
– Select the memory that you would like to reset.
– Press and hold button on the windscreen wiper lever for at
least 2 seconds.
The trip memory 1 collects the travel and consumption rates from the
moment the ignition is switched on until it is switched off. If the journey is
continued within two hours of switching off the ignition, the new values will
be added to the existing trip recorder memory. The memory will automatically
be deleted if the journey is interrupted for more than two hours.
The total memory 2 collects the trip data for any number of individual jour-
neys (even if the ignition is switched off for longer than two hours) up to a
total of 19 hours and 59 minutes travel time or 1999 km distance travelled.
The memory will automatically be deleted if one of the named values is
reached.
Information in the multifunction display (MFI)*
You can switch between the following displays in the multifunction display
(MFI) by operating rocker switch ⇒ fig. 34 on the windscreen wiper lever.
Memory displays
• Driving speed
Fig. 33 Windscreen wiper
lever: button A and rocker
switch B
A
A
A
A
Fig. 34 Windscreen wiper
and windscreen wash
lever: button A and rocker
switch B
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 54 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 55
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Journey duration
• Average speed
• Distance
• Distance to empty
• Average fuel consumption
• Current fuel consumption
• Outside temperature display
• Speed warning
Km/h - Driving speed
Driving speed is digitally shown in the display.
min - Journey duration
The display shows the amount of time which has elapsed since the ignition
was switched on.
The maximum display value in both memories is 19 hours and 59 minutes.
The memory will automatically be deleted once this value has been reached.
Økm/h - Average speed
The average speed will be shown after running a distance of approximately
100 metres. Until then dashes will appear in the display. The display will be
updated every 5 seconds while the vehicle is in motion.
km - Distance travelled
The display shows the distance travelled since the ignition was switched on.
The maximum display value in both memories is 1999 km. The memory will
automatically be deleted once this value has been reached.
z Km - Fuel range
The fuel range is calculated using the figures for tank content and current fuel
consumption. It shows how far the vehicle can travel using the same condi-
tions as a reference.
Ø l/100 km - Average fuel consumption
The average fuel consumption will be shown after having travelled approxi-
mately 100 metres. Until then dashes will appear in the display. The display
will be updated every 5 seconds while the vehicle is in motion. The amount
of fuel used will not be shown.
l/100 km or l/h - Current fuel consumption
The display will show the current fuel consumption in litre/km whilst the
vehicle is in motion or in litre/hour when the vehicle is in a stationary position
with the engine running.
Using this display you can see how your driving style affects fuel consump-
tion ⇒ page 160.
Outside temperature display
The measurement range extends from -45 °C to +58 °C. At temperatures
below +4 °C, an ice crystal symbol is displayed and a warning sounds if the
vehicle is moving at more than 10 km/h (ice danger warning). This symbol
will flash for about 10 seconds and remains lit until the outside temperature
rises above +4 °C or above 6 °C when on the move if it was already lit.
Set speed indicator
When the required speed has been reached, enter the “Speed warning”
mode menu and press button -RESET-. The set speed is memorised. If the
indicated speed is exceeded at any time, a warning message is displayed on
the screen and a warning signal sounds.
3)
This may be deactivated by pressing the button. The speed may be
altered using the rocker switch in steps of 5 km/h within 5 seconds of the
initial memory value.
3)
Depending on the model version, the message on the screen may vary and may be
represented by flashing of the speed indication or by a speed message.
A
A
RESET
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 55 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit56
WARNING
There could be black ice on the road surface even if the “snowflake symbol”
is not shown. For this reason you should not rely exclusively on this display
- Risk of accident!
Note
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the tempera-
ture displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature as
a result of the heat radiated from the engine.
Display field for selector lever position*
The position of the automatic selector lever is shown on the display
⇒ page 138.
Odometer
The upper counter in the display registers the total mileage covered by the
vehicle.
The lower counter registers the short journeys. The last digit indicates 100-
metre sections. The trip recorder counter may be reset by pressing the reset
button ⇒ page 51, fig. 30 .
Service interval display
The service indication is shown on the instrument panel display ⇒ fig. 36.
SEAT distinguishes between services with engine oil change (e.g. Mainte-
nance Service) and services without engine oil change (e.g. Inspection
Service). The service interval display only indicates the dates of services that
include engine oil change. The dates of all other services, such as Inspection
Service or brake fluid change, appear in the sticker on the door pillar or in the
Service Schedule.
Fig. 35 Digital display:
Gear lever position for
automatic gearbox.
A
5
Fig. 36 Service interval
display
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 56 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 57
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Vehicles with service intervals dependent on time/distance travelled already
have certain service intervals set.
The intervals are calculated separately in vehicles with LongLife service Tech-
nical progress has made it possible to considerably reduce servicing require-
ments. With the LongLife System, SEAT ensures that your vehicle only has an
interval service when it is necessary. To calculate this (max. two years), the
conditions under which the vehicle is used and the individual driving style
are also taken into account. The service pre-warning will appear at 20 days or
less prior to the corresponding service. The distance travelled is rounded off
to the nearest 100 km and the time to full days. The current service message
can only be consulted 500 km or more after the last service. Until that time,
only dashes are displayed.
Service warning
A service warning will appear when the ignition is switched on if a service is
due soon.
The instrument panel display will show the “spanner symbol”
and the
“km” indication, along with a clock symbol with the days remaining until the
date of the next service. The figure indicated is the maximum number of kilo-
metres remaining before the date of the next service. The indication changes
after a few seconds. A “clock symbol” appears and the number of days until
the service appointment should be carried out.
Service
If a service is due, a gong signal will sound and the flashing “spanner”
symbol will be shown along with the fixed text SERVICE.
If no service is carried out following the indication on the instrument panel,
the excess distance travelled and the excess time following the SERVICE
warning will be displayed.
Reading the service message
The current service message can be consulted with the ignition on, the
engine switched off and the vehicle at a standstill:
• Press the button on the instrument panel as often as necessary until
the spanner symbol
is displayed.
An overdue service is indicated by a minus sign in front of the mileage or day
information.
Resetting service interval display
If the service was not performed by a SEAT dealer, the display must be reset
as follows:
• Switch the ignition off.
• Press and hold the button.
• Switch ignition back on.
• Release the button and press the button within 20 seconds.
Do not reset the display between service intervals, as the display will other-
wise be incorrect.
If the display is reset manually, the next service interval will be indicated after
15,000 km or one year and will not be calculated individually.
Note
In LongLife Service vehicles, if the battery is disconnected for a long period,
the days remaining until the next service cannot be calculated. Therefore, the
service message indications may be incorrect. In this case, bear in mind the
maximum service intervals permitted in the ⇒ Booklet “Service Schedule”.
0.0 / SET
0.0 / SET
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 57 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit58
Warning lamps
Overview of the warning lamps
The warning lamps indicate a number of different functions and possible faults.
Fig. 37 Instrument panel indicator and warning lamps.
Some of the items of equipment listed here are fitted only
on certain model versions or are optional extras.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 58 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 59
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Item Symbol
Meaning of indicator
and warning lamps
Further
information
%0#
Engine fault (petrol engine)
⇒ page 62
D
Glow plug system for diesel engine
If lit: glow plug system active
If flashing: engine fault
⇒ page 62
Soot accumulation in the diesel
engine particulate filter
⇒ page 62
E
Red:
Engine oil pressure
⇒ page 62
Yellow:
If flashing: engine oil sensor faulty
If it remains lit: insufficient engine
oil
Bulb defective ⇒ page 63
Rear fog light switched on ⇒ page 63
h
Seat belt warning lamp* ⇒ page 16
J
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) * ⇒ page 63
If flashing: Electronic Stability Pro-
gramme (ESP) or the TCS is working
If it remains lit: ESP or TCS faulty
⇒ page 64
⇒ page 64
H
Handbrake applied,
lack of brake fluid level or
serious fault in the brake system
⇒ page 65
Cruise control system switched on ⇒ page 65
A
1
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
A
7
A
8
A
9
A
10
~
Tyre pressure ⇒ page 65
K
Selector lever lock (automatic gear-
box)
⇒ page 66
z
Fuel level / reserve ⇒ page 66
o
Doors open ⇒ page 66
Tailgate open ⇒ page 67
T
Airbag or belt tensioner system fault
or airbag disabled
⇒ page 27
Main beam switched on ⇒ page 67
Start-Stop system switched off ⇒ page 135
Electro-hydraulic steering ⇒ page 67
Fault in the emission control system ⇒ page 67
v
Coolant level / coolant temperature ⇒ page 67
F
Alternator fault ⇒ page 68
Item Symbol
Meaning of indicator
and warning lamps
Further
information
A
11
A
12
A
13
A
14
A
15
A
16
A
17
A
18
A
19
A
20
A
21
A
22
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 59 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit60
WARNING
• Failure to observe warning lamps and warning messages can result in
serious personal injuries or damage to your vehicle.
• The risk of an accident increases if your vehicle breaks down. Use a
warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users in order to
prevent danger to third parties.
• The engine compartment is a dangerous area! Before you open the
bonnet to work on the engine or in the engine compartment, you must
switch the engine off and allow it to cool to reduce the risk of scalding or
other injuries. Read and observe the relevant warnings ⇒ page 183.
Note
• The appropriate warning lamp for a fault will light up in vehicles without
warning or information messages in the display.
• In vehicles with warning or information texts on the screen, the appro-
priate warning lamp for a fault will light up and a warning or information
message will also appear on the screen.
Warning symbols
There are red warning symbols (priority 1) and yellow warning
symbols (priority 2)
Warning reports, Priority 1 (red)
If one of these faults occurs, the warning lamp will flash or light up and will
be accompanied by three audible warnings. This is a danger warning. Stop
the vehicle and switch off the engine. Check the fault and correct it. Obtain
professional assistance if necessary.
If several priority 1 faults are detected at the same time, the symbols will be
displayed one after the other for about 2 seconds at a time and will continue
until the fault is corrected.
No menus will be shown in the display for the duration of a priority 1 warning
message.
Examples of priority 1 warning messages (red)
• Brake system symbol H with the warning message STOP BRAKE FLUID
SERVICE MANUAL or STOP BRAKE FAULT SERVICE MANUAL.
• Coolant symbol v with the warning message STOP SEE COOLANT
INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
• Engine oil pressure symbol E with the warning message STOP ENGINE
OIL PRESSURE LOW! INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
Warning reports, Priority 2 (yellow)
If one of these faults occurs, the warning lamp lights up, and is accompanied
by one audible warning. Check the corresponding function as soon as
possible although the vehicle may be used without risk.
If several priority 2 warning messages are detected at the same time, the
symbols are displayed one after the other for about 2 seconds at a time. After
a set time, the information text will disappear and the symbol will be shown
as a reminder at the side of the display.
l
If it stays lit: TCS disabled
⇒ page 64
⇒ page 64
Turn signals in operation ⇒ page 68
SAFE Electronic immobiliser
⇒ page 68
⇒ page 74
Item Symbol
Meaning of indicator
and warning lamps
Further
information
A
23
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 60 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 61
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Priority 2 warning messages will not be shown until all Priority 1 warning
messages have been dealt with!
Examples of priority 2 warning messages (yellow):
4)
• Fuel warning light with the information text PLEASE REFUEL.
• Windscreen washer fluid symbol with the information text REFILL
WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID. Top up the washer fluid level.
Information messages displayed on the screen*
4)
Depending on the model version.
Message
a)
Description
SERVICE The service interval has ended. Take the vehicle to an
authorised service.
IMMOBILISER Immobiliser system active. The vehicle will not start. Take
the vehicle to an authorised service.
ERROR Instrument panel faulty. Take the vehicle to an authorised
service.
CLEAN AIR
FILTER
Warning: The air filter must be cleaned
NO KEY Warning: Correct key cannot be found in the vehicle.
KEY BATTERY Warning: Key battery low. Change the battery.
CLUTCH Warning: Press the clutch to start. In vehicles with manual
gearbox and Start/Stop system.
--> P/N Warning: Place the selector level in P/N to start. Only in
vehicles with automatic gearbox.
--> P Warning: Place the selector lever in position P to stop the
engine.
STARTING Warning: The engine starts automatically. Start-Stop sys-
tem activated.
START
MANUALLY
Warning: The engine must be started manually. Start-Stop
system activated.
ERROR START
STOP
Warning: Start-Stop system error.
START
STOP
IMPOSSIBLE
Warning: Although the Start-Stop system is switched on,
the engine cannot be stopped automatically. Not all the
necessary conditions are met
START STOP
ACTIVE
Warning: Start-Stop system activated. Vehicle in Stop
mode.
SWITCH
OFF
Warning: Start-Stop system activated. Switch off the igni-
tion when you leave the vehicle.
STOP
TRANSMISSION
TOO HOT
Warning: Stop the engine. Gearbox overheated.
BRAKE Warning: To start the engine, press the brake pedal. Only
in vehicles with automatic gearbox.
COASTING
FUNCTION
Warning: Coasting mode active. Transmission engaged.
Only in vehicles with automatic gearbox.
CHECK
SAFELOCK
Notification of central locking function activated.
a)
These messages may vary according the version of the vehicle model.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 61 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit62
Engine management* %0#
This warning lamp monitors the engine management system
for petrol engines.
The warning lamp %0# (Electronic Power Control) lights up when the ignition
is switched on to show that the lamp is working properly. It should go out
once the engine is started.
If there is a fault in the electronic engine management system while you are
driving, this warning lamp will light up. Stop the vehicle and seek technical
assistance.
Glow plug system / Engine fault* D
The warning lamp lights up to show that the glow plugs are
preheating. It flashes if there is an engine fault.
Warning lamp D is lit
The warning lamp
D lights up while the glow plugs are preheating. When the
warning lamp goes off, the engine should be started straight away.
Warning lamp
D flashes
If a fault develops in the engine management system while you are driving,
the glow plug lamp will flash
D. Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop
as soon as possible and have the engine checked.
Soot accumulation in the diesel engine particulate
filter*
If the warning lamp lights up you should help the filter clean itself by
driving in the appropriate manner.
To do this, drive about 15 minutes in fourth or fifth gear (automatic gearbox:
S gear range) at a speed of 60 km/h, with the engine running at approxi-
mately 2000 rpm. In this way, the pollen build up in the filter is burned. When
cleaning is successful, the indicator turns off.
If the warning lamp
does not turn off, or the three lamps turn on (partic-
ulate filter
, emission control system fault and glow plugs D), take
the vehicle to a specialised workshop to repair the fault.
WARNING
• Always drive according to the road weather conditions, the terrain and
traffic. Driving recommendations should never lead to illegal manoeuvres
in surrounding traffic.
• The diesel engine particulate filter may reach extremely high tempera-
tures; it should not enter into contact with flammable materials under-
neath the vehicle. Otherwise there is a risk of fire.
Engine oil pressure E
If this warning lamp is red it indicates that the engine oil pres-
sure is too low.
If this warning symbol starts to flash, and is accompanied by three audible
warnings, switch off the engine and check the oil level. If necessary, add more
oil ⇒ page 188.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 62 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 63
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
If the symbol flashes although the oil level is correct, do not drive on. The
engine must not even run at idle speed. Obtain technical assistance.
Checking the oil level
E
If the warning lamp is yellow E the engine oil level should be checked as
soon as possible. Top up the oil ⇒ page 188 at the next opportunity.
Oil level sensor faulty*
E
If the E yellow warning lamp flashes, take the vehicle to a specialised work-
shop to have the oil level sensor checked. Until then it is advisable to check
the oil level every time you refuel.
Bulb defect*
The indicator lights up when a bulb is not functioning.
The warning lamp lights up when there is a fault on the turn signals, head-
lights, side lights and fog lights.
Rear fog light*
This warning lamp lights up when the rear fog light is switched on . For
further information see ⇒ page 90.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)* J
A warning lamp monitors the ABS.
The indicator lamp J should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is
switched on. It goes out again after the system has run through an automatic
test sequence.
There is a fault in the ABS if:
• The warning lamp J does not light up when the ignition is switched on.
• The warning lamp does not go out again after a few seconds
• The warning lamp lights up when the vehicle is moving
The vehicle can still be braked in the normal way, without the ABS function.
Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop as soon as possible. For further
information on the ABS go to ⇒ page 154.
If there is a fault in the ABS, the ESP* and the tyre pressure warning lamp will
also light up.
Brake system fault
If the ABS warning lamp
J lights up together with the brake warning lamp
H, this indicates not only a fault in the ABS function, but also a possible fault
in the brake system ⇒ .
WARNING
• Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings on
⇒ page 183, “Working in the engine compartment”.
• If the brake warning lamp H should light up together with the ABS
warning lamp
J, stop the vehicle immediately and check the brake fluid
level in the reservoir ⇒ page 195, “Brake fluid”. If the fluid level has
dropped below the “MIN” mark you must not drive on. Risk of accident.
Obtain technical assistance.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 63 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit64
• If the brake fluid level is correct, the fault in the brake system may have
been caused by a failure of the ABS system. This could cause the rear
wheels to lock quickly when you brake. This could cause the rear to break
away. Risk of skidding. Stop the vehicle and seek technical assistance.
Differential lock fault (EDL)*
EDL operates along with the ABS in vehicles equipped with an
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)*
A malfunction in the EDL is indicated by the ABS warning lamp J. Take the
vehicle to a specialised workshop as soon as possible. For further informa-
tion on the EDL see ⇒ page 156, “Electronic differential lock (EDL)*”.
Traction control system (TCS)* /l
The traction control system prevents the driven wheels from
spinning when the vehicle is accelerating
There are two warning lamps for the traction control system: and l. The
warning lamp
lights up when the ignition is switched on and should turn
off after 2 seconds, which is the time taken for the function check.
The
lamp has the following function:
• It flashes when the TCS is on, and the vehicle is moving.
If the system is deactivated or if it has any fault, the warning lamp will remain
lit. It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the TCS oper-
ates in conjunction with the ABS. For further information, see ⇒ page 153,
“Brakes”
The
l lamp provides information about the disconnection status of the
system:
• It stays lit when the TCS is disconnected after pressing the TCS OFF switch.
By pressing again, TCS function is reactivated and the warning lamp switched
off.
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)* / l
There are two warning lamps for the electronic stability
programme. The
lamp provides information concerning
the function and the
l provides information on the discon-
nection status
The warning lamp lights up when the ignition is switched on and should
turn off after 2 seconds, which is the time taken for the function check.
This programme includes the ABS, EDL and TCS. This also includes the brake
assist system (BAS), automatic cleaning of the brake discs and the trailer
stability programme (TSP).
The warning lamp
has the following functions:
• It flashes when the TCS/ESP is activated when driving.
• It will light up continuously if there is a malfunction in the ESP.
• It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the ESP
operates in conjunction with the ABS.
If the ESP warning lamp
lights up and stays on after the engine is started,
this may mean that the control system has temporarily switched off the ESP.
In this case the ESP can be reactivated by switching the ignition off and then
on again. If the warning lamp goes out, this means the system is fully func-
tional.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 64 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 65
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The
l lamp provides information about the disconnection status of the
system:
• It stays lit when the TCS is disconnected after pressing the l switch.
Brake system* / handbrake H
The warning lamp lights up if the handbrake is applied, if the
brake fluid level falls too low or if there is a fault in the brake
system.
This warning lamp H lights up if
• If the handbrake is applied
• If the brake fluid level is too low ⇒ page 195
• If there is a fault in the brake system
This warning lamp can light up together with the ABS system warning lamp.
WARNING
• If the brake warning lamp does not go out, or if it lights up when
driving, the brake fluid level ⇒ page 195, “Brake fluid” in the reservoir is
too low. Risk of accident. Stop the vehicle and do not drive on. Obtain tech-
nical assistance.
• If the brake warning lamp H lights up together with the ABS warning
lamp
J, the control function of the ABS could be out of action. This could
cause the rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake. This could cause the
rear to break away. Risk of skidding. Stop the vehicle and seek technical
assistance.
Cruise control system*
The warning lamp comes on when the cruise control system
is switched on.
The warning lamp lights up when the cruise control system is switched on.
For further information on the cruise control system, see ⇒ page 149.
Tyre pressure* ~
The tyre warning lamp
5)
compares wheel revolutions and with this informa-
tion, the diameter of each wheel using the ESP sensors. If the diameter of a
wheel changes, the tyre warning lamp ~ lights up. The wheel diameter
changes when:
• Tyre pressure is insufficient.
5)
Depending on the model version
Fig. 38 Centre console:
tyre monitor system
button
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 65 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit66
• The tyre structure is damaged.
• The vehicle is unbalanced because of a load.
• The wheels of one axle are under more pressure (for example, driving with
a trailer or on extreme slopes).
• The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.
• The temporary spare wheel is fitted.
• The wheel on one axle is changed.
Tyre pressure adjustment
Following the modification to tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels,
the button ⇒ page 65, fig. 38 must be kept pressed while the ignition is on
until an acoustic signal is heard.
If the wheels are under excessive load (for example, driving with a trailer or
heavy load), the tyre pressure must be increased to the recommended value
for a full load (see the sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre monitor
system button is pressed down, the new tyre pressures are confirmed.
The tyre pressure warning lamp
~ lights up
If the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower than the value set by the driver,
then the tyre pressure warning lamp ⇒ will light up.
WARNING
• When the tyre pressure warning lamp lights up, reduce speed immedi-
ately and avoid any sudden manoeuvre or braking. Stop when possible,
and check the tyre pressure and status.
• The driver is responsible for maintaining correct tyre pressures. For this
reason, tyre pressure must be regularly checked.
• Under certain circumstances (for example, when driving in a sportslike
manner, in winter conditions or on a dirt track) the tyre warning lamp may
light up or function incorrectly.
Note
If the battery is disconnected, the yellow warning lamp ~ lights up after
turning the ignition on. This should turn off after a brief journey.
Speed selector lever lock* K
The brake pedal must be depressed when this warning lamp lights up. This is
necessary when the automatic gearbox* selector lever is moved out of the
positions P or N.
Fuel level / reserve z
This symbol lights up to indicate that the fuel tank is under
the reserve level.
It lights up when only 7 litres of fuel remain in the tank. Moreover, a warning
buzzer* is heard. It reminds you to fuel up the fuel tank as soon as possible
⇒ page 180.
Indicates that the doors are open* o
This warning lamp lights up if one of the doors or the tailgate
is open.
The warning light should go off when all the doors are closed correctly.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 66 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 67
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Tailgate open*
The warning lamp should switch off when the tailgate is fully closed.
Main beam headlights
The indicator lamp lights up when the main beams are on.
The warning lamp is switched on once main beams are on or once the
headlight flasher is operating.
For further information see ⇒ page 96.
Electro-hydraulic steering*
The level of steering assistance depends on the vehicle speed and on the
steering wheel turning speed.
The warning lamp should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is
switched on. It should go out once the engine is started.
There is a fault in the electro-hydraulic steering system if the lamp does not
go out or lights up whilst the vehicle is in motion. Take the vehicle to the
Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible.
Note
When towing the vehicle with the engine stopped or due to a fault in the
power steering, this will not operate. The vehicle can still be steered, but it
will require greater force to turn the steering wheel.
Emission control system*
This warning lamp monitors the exhaust system.
Warning lamp flashes:
When there is misfiring that can damage the catalytic converter. Reduce
speed and drive carefully to the nearest specialised workshop to have the
engine checked.
Warning lamp
is lit:
If a fault has developed during driving which has reduced the quality of the
exhaust gas (e.g. lambda probe fault). Reduce speed and drive carefully to
the nearest specialised workshop to have the engine checked.
Coolant level* / temperature v
The warning lamp lights up if the coolant temperature is too
high or if the coolant level is too low.
There is a fault if:
• The warning symbol does not go out again after a few seconds.
• The warning lamp lights up or flashes while the vehicle is moving, and
three acoustic warning signals ⇒ are emitted.
This means that either the coolant level is too low or the coolant temperature
is too high.
Coolant temperature too high
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and wait
for it to cool down. Check the coolant level.
If the coolant level is correct, the overheating may be caused by a malfunction
of the radiator fan. Check the radiator fan fuse and have it replaced if neces-
sary ⇒ page 212.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 67 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit68
If the warning lamp lights up again after driving on for a short distance, stop
the vehicle and switch the engine off. Contact an Authorised Service Centre
or a specialised workshop.
Coolant level too low
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and wait
for it to cool down First check the coolant level. If the level of the coolant is
below the “MIN” mark, top up with coolant liquid ⇒ .
WARNING
• If your vehicle is immobilised for technical reasons, move it to a safe
distance from traffic. Turn the engine off, turn the hazard lights on and
place the warning triangle.
• Never open the bonnet if you can see or hear steam or coolant escaping
from the engine compartment. Risk of scalding. Wait until you can no
longer see or hear escaping steam or coolant.
• The engine compartment is a dangerous area! Before carrying out any
work in the engine compartment, switch off the engine and allow it to cool
down. Always note the corresponding warnings ⇒ page 183.
Alternator F
This warning lamp signals a fault in the alternator.
The warning lamp F lights up when the ignition is switched on. It should go
out when the engine has started running.
If the warning lamp
F lights up while driving, the alternator is no longer
charging the battery. You should immediately drive to the nearest specialised
workshop.
You should avoid using electrical equipment that is not absolutely necessary
because this will drain the battery.
If the indicator flashes the voltage is insufficient for normal vehicle
operation.
Turn signals
The indicator lamp flashes when the turn signals are in oper-
ation.
Depending on which turn signal is operating, either the left or right turn
signal lamp flashes. Both indicator lamps will flash at the same time when
the hazard warning lights are switched on.
If any of both turn signals fails, the indicator lamp will start flashing twice
faster than normal.
For further information on the turn signals, please see ⇒ page 96.
Electronic immobiliser* “Safe”
This warning lamp flashes if an unauthorised key is used.
Inside the key there is a chip that deactivates the electronic immobiliser auto-
matically when the key is inserted into the ignition. The immobiliser will be
activated again automatically as soon as you pull the key out of the ignition
lock.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 68 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Cockpit 69
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The instrument panel displays the following message
6)
: SAFE. The vehicle
cannot be started in this case.
The engine can, however, be started if the appropriate coded SEAT genuine
key is used.
Note
A perfect operation of the vehicle can only be ensured if genuine SEAT keys
are used.
6)
Depending on the model version.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 69 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Steering column controls*70
Steering column controls*
General information
The column incorporates multifunctional modules from which to control
audio and telephone functions on the vehicle.
There are two versions of the multifunction module:
• Audio version, to control the available audio functions from the steering
wheel.
• Audio version+ Telephone version, to control the available audio func-
tions and the telephone system from the steering wheel.
Both versions can be used to control the Audio system (Radio, Audio CD, MP3
CD, iPod
7)
/USB
7)
).
7)
If fitted in the vehicle.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 70 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Steering column controls* 71
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Audio Control
Fig. 39 Audio controls
Button
Short press
Radio CD Audio
CD mp3 / MDI
a)
a)
Only for MP3 compatible radios.*
AUX-IN
Volume up
Volume down
Cycle through source FM - AM - CD - FM...
Station search. Higher frequency
.
Next track No function
Station search. Lower frequency
Previous track No function
Next preset No function Change folder (forward) No function
Previous preset No function Change folder (back) No function
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
D
A
E
A
F
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 71 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Steering column controls*72
Audio + Telephone Control
Fig. 40 Audio + Tele-
phone Control
Button
Short press Long press
Radio CD
CD mp3 / MDI
a)
AUX-IN Radio CD
CD mp3 / MDI
a)
AUX-IN
Volume up Continue volume up
Volume down Continue volume down
Voice recognition activation
Press to speak
No specific function
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency
Next track No function
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency
.
Next track No function
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 72 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Steering column controls* 73
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Station search.
Lower frequency
Previous track No function
Station search.
Lower frequency
Previous track No function
Accept call / hang up Reject call
Cycle through source
FM - AM - CD - FM...
Cycle through source
FM - AM - CD - FM.
a)
Only for MP3 compatible radios.
A
D
A
E
A
F
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 73 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking74
Unlocking and locking
Central locking
Description
The central locking system enables you to lock and unlock all
doors by just pushing the button.
Central locking can be activated by using any of the following options:
• the key, by inserting it into the driver door cylinder and rotating it in the
opening direction. Depending on the vehicle version, either all doors will be
unlocked or only the driver door will be unlocked. All doors will be locked on
locking the vehicle using the key.
• the interior central locking button ⇒ page 77.
• the remote control, using the buttons on the key ⇒ page 79.
Various functions are available to improve the vehicle safety:
- “Safe” security system *
- Selective unlocking system*
- Self-locking system to prevent involuntary unlocking
- Automatic speed-dependent locking and unlocking system*
- Emergency unlocking system
WARNING
• Locking from the outside carelessly or without good visibility may lead
to bruising, particularly in the case of children.
• When locking a vehicle, never leave children unaccompanied inside, as
from the outside it will be difficult to provide assistance if required.
• Having the doors locked prevents an intrusion from getting in, for
example when stopped at a traffic light.
Note
For anti-theft security, only the driver door is fitted with a lock cylinder.
Safe security system*
This is an anti-theft device which consists of a double lock for
the door locks and a deactivation function for the luggage
compartment in order to prevent a forced entry (depending
on the country).
Activation
The “safe” system is activated when the vehicle is locked using the key or the
remote control.
To activate it with the key, rotate once it is inserted in the door lock cylinder
in the locking direction.
To activate the system using the remote control, press the lock button once
on the remote.
Once this system is activated, opening doors from the outside and the inside
is not possible. The tailgate can not be opened. The central locking button
does not work.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 74 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 75
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
When the ignition is switched off, the instrument panel indicates that the
Safe system is on.
Deactivation
Rotate the key inserted in the lock cylinder twice towards the locking direc-
tion.
To activate the system using the remote control, press the lock button on the
remote twice in less than five seconds.
On deactivating the “Safe” system, the alarm volumetric sensor is also deac-
tivated.
With the “Safe” switched off, doors can be opened from the interior but not
from the exterior.
See “Selective unlocking system*”
“Safe” status
On the driver door, there is a visible warning lamp which shows the “Safe”
system status.
We will know that “Safe” system is activated by the flashing warning lamp.
The indicator will flash on all vehicles, fitted and nor fitted with an alarm, until
they unlock.
Remember:
Safe activated with or without an alarm: Warning lamp flashes continuously.
Safe deactivated without an alarm: The indicator remains off.
Safe deactivated with an alarm: The indicator remains off.
WARNING
No one should remain inside the vehicle if the “Safe” mechanism is acti-
vated because opening the doors will not be possible in case of emergency
neither from the inside nor the outside. Danger of death. Passengers could
become trapped inside in case of emergency.
Selective unlocking system*
This system allows unlocking either just the driver door or the
entire vehicle.
Driver door unlock button
Unlock once. Use either the key or the remote control.
Once the key is inserted in the lock cylinder, rotate once in the unlock direc-
tion. The driver door will remain without “Safe” and unlocked. See Anti-theft
Alarm chapter for vehicles fitted with an alarm ⇒ page 81.
Using the remote control, press the unlock button on the remote once. The
Safe system for all the vehicle is deactivated, only the driver door is unlocked
and both the alarm and the warning lamp are also turned off.
Unlocking all doors and the luggage compartment
The unlock button on the remote control must be pressed twice so that all
doors and the luggage compartment can be opened.
Press twice within 5 seconds to deactivate the Safe system for the entire
vehicle, to unlock all doors and to use the luggage compartment. The warning
lamp and the alarm (only vehicles fitted with one) are turned off.
Unlocking the luggage compartment
See ⇒ page 83.
Activating the selective unlocking system*
With the door open, insert a key into the start cylinder and start the ignition.
Insert the other key into the driver door lock and turn in the opening direction
for at least 3 seconds. The turn signals will flash twice.
Deactivating the selective unlocking system*
With the door open, insert a key into the start cylinder and start the ignition.
Insert the other key into the driver door lock and turn in the locking direction
for at least 3 seconds. The turn signals will flash once.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 75 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking76
Involuntary unlocking
It is an anti-theft system and prevents the unintentional
unlocking of the vehicle.
If the vehicle is unlocked and any of the doors (including the tailgate) are
opened within 30 seconds, it gets re-locked automatically.
Automatic speed dependent locking and unlocking system*
This is a safety system which prevent the access to the vehicle
from the outside when it is running (for example, when
stopped at a traffic light).
Locking
The doors lock automatically after exceeding 15km/h. The tailgate locks
automatically after exceeding 6 km/h.
If the vehicle is stopped and any of its doors open, when starting again and
exceeding the mentioned speed, all doors will lock again.
Unlocking
On withdrawing the ignition key, the vehicle will returns to its status prior to
self-locking.
Each door can be unlocked and opened independently from the inside (for
example, when a passenger gets out of it). To do it, simply operate the lever
inside the door.
Activating the system*
With the ignition on, press the locking key on the central locking system
within 3 to 10 seconds.
Deactivating the system*
With the ignition on, press the unlocking key on the central locking system
within 3 to 10 seconds.
In both cases, if the operation has been carried out correctly, the locking lamp
will flash ⇒ page 77, fig. 41.
WARNING
The door handles must not be operated when the vehicle is running: the
door would open.
Note
If the airbags are triggered during an accident, the vehicle is unlocked, except
for the luggage compartment. It is possible to lock the vehicle from inside
with the central locking, after turning the ignition off and back on again.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 76 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 77
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Central locking button
The central locking button allows you to lock and unlock the
vehicle from the inside.
Locking the vehicle
– Press button ⇒ fig. 41 ⇒ .
Unlocking the doors
– Press the button ⇒ fig. 41.
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
Except when the Safe security system is activated.
Please note the following if you lock your vehicle with the central locking
button:
• For safety reasons it is not possible to open the doors or the tailgate from
the outside (for instance, when stopped at a traffic light).
• The driver door cannot be locked. This avoids the user from forgetting his
key inside the vehicle.
• All doors can be locked separately from inside the vehicle. Do this by
pulling the door release lever once.
WARNING
• If the vehicle is locked, children and disabled people may be trapped
inside it.
• Repeated operation of central locking will prevent the central locking
button from working for a few seconds. Then, it can only be unlocked in
case it has been previously locked. After few seconds, the central locking
becomes operative again.
• The central locking button is not operative when the vehicle is locked
from the outside (with the remote control or the key).
Note
• Vehicle locked, button.
• Vehicle unlocked, button.
Fig. 41 Central locking
button
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 77 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking78
Keys
Set of keys
The set of keys includes a remote control, a key without a
remote control and a plastic key tab*
The set of keys may consists of the following, depending on the version of
your vehicle:
• a remote control key ⇒ fig. 42
• a key without remote control ,
• a plastic key tab* .
or
• two keys without remote control
• a plastic key tab* .
Duplicate keys
If you need a replacement key, go to an Authorised Service Centre with your
vehicle identification number.
WARNING
• An incorrect use of the keys can cause serious injuries.
• Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle. In case of emer-
gency, they may not be able to leave the vehicle and not manage on their
own.
• An uncontrolled use of the key could start the engine or activate any
electric equipment (e.g. electric windows), causing risk of accident. The
doors can be locked using the remote control key. This could make the aid
difficult in an emergency situation.
• Never forget the keys inside the vehicle. An unauthorised use of your
vehicle could result in injury, damage or theft. Always take the key with you
when you leave the vehicle.
• Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion.
Otherwise, the steering could suddenly block and it would be impossible
to turn the steering wheel.
Caution
There are electronic components in the remote control key. Avoid wetting and
hitting the keys
Fig. 42 Set of keys
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
B
A
C
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 78 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 79
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Radio frequency remote control*
Locking and unlocking the vehicle
The remote control key is used to lock and unlock the vehicle
from a distance.
Using the button ⇒ fig. 43 (arrow) on the control, the key blade is released.
Unlocking the vehicle ⇒ fig. 43 .
Locking the vehicle ⇒ fig. 43 .
Unlocking the tailgate. Press button ⇒ fig. 43 until all the turn signals
on the vehicle flash briefly. When the unlocking button is pressed,
you have 2 minutes to open the door. Once this time has passed, it will lock
again.
Also, the battery indicator on the key ⇒ fig. 44, will flash.
The remote control transmitter and the batteries are integrated in the key. The
receiver is inside the vehicle. The maximum range depends on different
factors. The range is reduced as the batteries start to lose power.
WARNING
• An improper use of the key can cause serious injuries.
Fig. 43 Assignment of
buttons on the remote
control key
Fig. 44 Range of the
remote control
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
3
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 79 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking80
• Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle. In case of emer-
gency, they may not be able to leave the vehicle and not manage on their
own.
• Never forget the keys inside the vehicle. Otherwise, this could result in
serious injuries, accidents or even the theft of your vehicle. Always take the
key with you when you leave the vehicle.
• An uncontrolled use of the key could start the engine or activate any
electric equipment (e.g. electric windows), causing risk of accident. The
vehicle can be locked when using the remote control key. This could
complicate the aid in case of emergency.
Note
• The remote control key functions only when you are within range
⇒ page 79, fig. 44.
• If the vehicle cannot be unlocked or locked by using the radio-frequency
remote control, the remote control key will have to be re-synchronised. For
this, go to your Technical Service.
Changing the battery
If the battery indicator does not flash when the buttons are pushed, the
battery must be replaced.
Caution
The use of inappropriate batteries may damage the radio frequency remote
control. For this reason, always replace the dead battery with another of the
same size and power.
For the sake of the environment
Used batteries must be disposed of at an appropriate waste facility or
through an authorised service, given that their components can affect the
environment.
Synchronising the remote control key
If it is not possible to unlock or lock the door with the remote
control, it should be re-synchronised.
While the vehicle is open:
–Press the button ⇒ page 79, fig. 43 on the remote control.
– Then close the vehicle using the key bit within one minute.
While the vehicle is closed:
–Press the button ⇒ page 79, fig. 43 on the remote control.
– Then close the vehicle using the key bit within one minute.
It is possible that the vehicle could no longer be opened and closed with the
remote control if the button is repeatedly pressed outside of the effective
range of the radio frequency remote control. The remote control key will have
to be resynchronised.
Spare remote control keys are available in your Authorised Service Centres,
where they must be matched to the locking system.
Up to five remote control keys can be used.
WARNING (continued)
A
2
A
1
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 80 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 81
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Anti-theft alarm system*
Description of anti-theft alarm system*
The anti-theft alarm triggers if unauthorised movements are
detected around the vehicle.
The anti-theft alarm makes it more difficult to break into the vehicle or steal
it. The system will initiate acoustic and optical warning signals when your
vehicle is tried to be forced.
The anti-theft alarm system is automatically connected on locking the
vehicle. For this, either rotate the key in the locking position or press button
on the radio-frequency remote control*. The system is immediately
activated and the turn signal light located on the driver door will flash along
with the turn signals, indicating that the alarm and the locking security
system (double lock) have been turned on.
If any of the doors or the bonnet are open, they will not be included in the
protection zones of the vehicle when the alarm is connected. If the door or the
bonnet are subsequently closed, they will be automatically included in the
protection areas of the vehicle and the turn signals will flash accordingly
when the doors close.
• The turn signal light will flash twice on opening and deactivating the
alarm.
• The turn signal light will flash once on closing and activating the alarm.
When does the system trigger an alarm?
The system triggers an alarm if the following unauthorised actions are carried
out when the car is locked:
• Opening of vehicle with mechanical key without switching ignition on
within the next 15 seconds
• Opening a door
• Opening the bonnet
• Opening the tailgate
• Ignition switched on with a non-validated key.
• Movements in the driving compartment (vehicles with a volume sensor)
• Towing of the vehicle
8)
• Tilt angle (tow-away protection)
8)
• Undue manipulation of the alarm
• Battery handling
The acoustic signals sound and the turn signals flash for approx. 30 seconds.
This may be repeated up to 10 times depending on the country.
How to switch the alarm off
To deactivate the anti-theft alarm, turn the key to the opening direction, open
the door and switch the ignition on, or press the unlocking button on the
remote control.
In vehicles equipped with an anti-theft alarm system, you have 15 seconds to
insert the key in the ignition lock and activate the ignition if the vehicle is
opened using the driver door key.
Otherwise, the alarm will trigger for 30 sec. and the ignition will be blocked.
Note
• After 28 days, the indicator light will be switched off to prevent the battery
from exhausting if the vehicle has been left parked for a long period of time.
The alarm system remains activated.
• The alarm will trigger again if attempts are made to open another protec-
tion zone.
• The alarm system can be activated or deactivated using the remote
control. ⇒ page 79.
A
2
8)
With vehicles fitted with a tow-away protection
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 81 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking82
Interior monitoring and anti-towing alarm*
Monitoring or control function incorporated in the anti-theft
alarm* which detects unauthorized vehicle entry by means of
ultrasound.
Activation
– It is connected automatically when the anti-theft alarm is acti-
vated.
Deactivation
– Open the vehicle with the key, either mechanically
9)
or by
pressing the button on the remote control.
– Press the button on the remote control twice. The volumetric
sensor and tilt sensors will be deactivated. The alarm system
remains activated.
The interior monitoring and the anti-towing alarm are automatically switched
on again next time the vehicle is locked.
The interior monitoring and anti-towing alarm (tilt sensor) are automatically
switched on when the anti-theft alarm is switched on. In order to activate it,
all the doors and the tailgate must be closed.
If you wish to disconnect the interior monitoring and the anti-towing system,
it must be done each time that the vehicle is locked; if not, they will connect
automatically.
The interior monitoring and the anti-towing system should be disconnected
if animals are left inside the locked vehicle (otherwise, their movements will
trigger the alarm) or when, for example, the vehicle is transported or has to
be towed with only one axle on the ground.
False alarms
The interior monitoring only operates correctly if the vehicle is completely
closed. Please observe legal requirements when doing so.
The following cases may cause a false alarm:
• opened windows (partially or fully)
• panorama/tilting sunroof open (partially or completely).
• movement of objects inside the vehicle, such as loose papers, items
hanging from the rear view mirror (air fresheners), etc.
Note
• If the vehicle is relocked and the alarm is activated without the volumetric
sensor function, relocking will activate the alarm with all its functions, except
the volumetric sensor. This function is reactivated when the alarm is switched
on again, unless it is deliberately switched off.
• If the alarm has been triggered by the volumetric sensor, this will be indi-
cated by a flashing of the indicator on the driver door. The flash is different to
the flash indicating the alarm is activated.
• The vibration of a mobile phone left inside the vehicle may cause the inte-
rior monitoring alarm to trigger, as both sensors react to movements and
shakes inside the vehicle.
• If on activating the alarm, any door or the tailgate is open, only the alarm
will be activated. The interior monitoring and the anti-towing system will only
be activated once all the doors are closed (including the tailgate).
9)
The time period from when the door is opened until the key is inserted in the contact
should not exceed 15 sec., otherwise the alarm will be triggered.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 82 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 83
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Tailgate
Unlocking and locking
The operation of the tailgate opening system is electric. It is
activated by using the handle on the tailgate
Opening the tailgate
– Pull on the release lever and lift the tailgate ⇒ fig. 45. The tail-
gate will be automatically open.
Closing the tailgate
– Hold the tailgate by one of the two handles on the interior lining
and close it, pushing slightly.
The system may or may not operate depending on the situation of the vehicle.
If the tailgate is locked then it cannot be opened, however if it is unlocked
then the opening system is operative and the tailgate may be opened.
To change the locking / unlocking status, press the button or the button
⇒ page 79, fig. 43 on the remote control key.
A warning appears on the instrument panel if the tailgate is open or not prop-
erly closed.* An acoustic warning signal is also given if the tailgate is opened
while the vehicle is moving faster than 6 km/h.*
Fig. 45 Tailgate: opening
from the outside
Fig. 46 Detail of the
inside of the tailgate:
hand grip
A
1
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 83 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking84
WARNING
• Always close the tailgate properly. Risk of accident or injury.
• The tailgate must not be opened when the reverse or rear fog lights are
lit. This may damage the tail lights
• Do not close the tailgate by pushing it down with your hand on the rear
window. The glass could smash. Risk of injury!
• Ensure the tailgate is locked after closing it. If not, it may open unex-
pectedly while driving.
• Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle. A locked vehicle
can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures, depending on
the time of year, thus causing serious injuries/illness. It could even have
fatal consequences. Close and lock both the tailgate and all the other doors
when you are not using the vehicle.
• Closing the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear could
cause serious injury to you and to third parties. Make sure that no one is in
the path of the tailgate.
• Never drive with the tailgate open or half-closed, exhaust gases may
penetrate into the interior of the vehicle. Danger of poisoning!
• If you only open the tailgate, do not leave the key inside. The vehicle
will not be opened if the key is left inside.
Emergency opening
This allows the vehicle to be opened if the central locking
does not operate (for example, if the battery is flat)
There is a groove in the luggage compartment allowing access to the
emergency opening mechanism.
Opening the tailgate from inside the luggage compartment
– Insert the key in the groove and unlock the locking system,
turning the key from right to left, as shown by the arrow
⇒ fig. 47.
Fig. 47 Tailgate: emer-
gency open
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 84 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 85
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Windows
Opening or closing the windows electrically*
All electric windows can be operated using the controls on the
driver door.
Opening and closing the windows
– Press the button to open the window.
– Pull button to close the window ⇒ .
Always close the windows fully if you park the vehicle or leave it unattended
⇒ .
You can use the electric windows for approx. 10 minutes after switching off
the ignition if neither the driver door nor the front passenger door has been
opened and the key has not been removed from the ignition.
Buttons on the driver door
Button for window in front left door
Button for window in front right door
WARNING
• Incorrect use of the electric windows can result in injury.
• Never close the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear, to do
otherwise could cause serious injury to you and third parties. Make sure
that no one is in the path of a window.
• Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle.
• Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle, particularly if
they have access to the keys. The misuse of the keys, for example, by chil-
dren, may result in serious injury and accident.
• The engine may accidentally be started and be out of control.
• If the ignition is switched on, the electric equipment could be activated
with risk of injury, for example, in the electric windows.
• The doors can be locked using the remote control key. This could make
the aid difficult in an emergency situation.
• Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle.
• The electric windows are only deactivated on switching the ignition off
and opening any of the doors.
Note
If the window is not able to close because it is stiff or because of an obstruc-
tion, the window will automatically open again ⇒ page 86. If this happens,
check why the window could not be closed before attempting to close it
again.
Fig. 48 Detail of the
driver door: controls for
the front windows.
p
p
A
1
A
2
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 85 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking86
One-touch opening and closing*
One-touch opening and closing means you do not have to
hold down the button.
Buttons ⇒ page 85, fig. 48 and have two positions for
opening the windows and two for closing them. This makes it easier
to open and close windows to the desired position.
One-touch closing
– Pull up the window button briefly up to the second position. The
window closes fully.
One-touch opening
– Push down the window button briefly up to the second position.
The window opens fully.
Restoring one-touch opening and closing
– The automatic open and close function will not work if the battery
has been temporarily disconnected. The function can be restored
as follows:
– Close the window as far as it will go by lifting and holding the
window switch.
– Release the switch and then lift it again for one second. This will
re-enable the automatic function.
If you push (or pull) a button to the first stage, the window will open (or close)
until you release the button. If you push or lift the button briefly to the second
stage, the window will open (one-touch opening) or close (one-touch closing)
automatically. If you operate the button while the window is opening or
closing, it stops at this position.
The one-touch opening and closing function will not function once the igni-
tion has been switched off.
The one-touch function and roll-back function will not work if there is a
malfunction in the electric windows. Contact a specialised workshop.
Roll-back function
The roll-back function reduces the risk of injury when the elec-
tric windows close.
• If a window is obstructed when closing automatically, the window stops
at this point and lowers immediately ⇒ .
• Next, check why the window does not close before attempting it again.
• If you try within the following 10 seconds and the window closes again
with difficulty or there is an obstruction, the automatic closing will stop
working for 10 seconds.
• If the window is still obstructed, the window will stop at this point.
• If there is no obvious reason why the window cannot be closed, try to
close it again by pulling the tab within ten seconds. The window closes with
maximum force. The roll-back function is now deactivated.
If more than 10 seconds pass, the window will open fully when you operate
one of the buttons. One-touch closing is reactivated.
The one-touch function and roll-back function will not work if there is a
malfunction in the electric windows. Contact a specialised workshop.
WARNING
• Incorrect use of the electric windows can result in injury.
A
1
A
2
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 86 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 87
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Always take the key with you when leaving the vehicle, even if you only
intend to be gone for a short time. Please ensure that children are never left
alone inside the vehicle.
• The electric windows will work until the ignition has been switched off
and one of the front doors has been opened.
• Closing the windows without observing and ensuring it is clear could
cause serious injury to you and third parties. Make sure that no one is in
the path of a window.
• Never allow people to remain in the vehicle when you close the vehicle
from the outside. The windows cannot be opened even in an emergency.
• The roll-back function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the
body from getting pinched against the window frame, causing injury.
Convenience opening and closing*
Using the door lock*
– Hold the key in the door lock of the driver door in either the
locking or the unlocking position until all windows are either
opened or closed.
– Release the key to interrupt this function.
Using the remote control
– Keep the locking/unlocking button pressed for the electrical
window risers to open/close; if you stop pressing the button, the
window raising/lowering function is stopped.
– If the automatic raising is stopped and immediately after, the
opening button is kept pressed, the window risers will lower.
– Once the windows are completely closed, the turn signals will
flash.
Panorama tilting sunroof*
Opening and closing the panorama/tilting sunroof
The panorama/tilting sunroof is opened and closed by using
the switch when the ignition is switched on.
Closing the panorama/tilting sunroof
– Press and hold button ⇒ fig. 49 ⇒ . The roof starts to
close until the button is released.
WARNING (continued)
Fig. 49 Panorama/tilting
sunroof
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 87 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking88
Opening the panorama/tilting sunroof
– Press and hold down button . The roof starts opening until the
button is released.
Automatic closing of the panorama/tilting sunroof
– Press button once only; the sunroof starts closing automati-
cally until it is completely closed.
Automatic opening of the panorama/ tilting sunroof
– Press button once only. The sunroof starts opening automat-
ically until it is completely open.
Restoring one-touch opening and closing
– Close the sunroof manually until it is completely closed. Release
the button
– Press the closing button again, keeping it pressed down, until a
complete opening and closing cycle has taken place.
Always close the panorama/tilting sunroof fully if you park the vehicle or
leave it unattended ⇒ .
The tilting sunroof can be operated for up to about ten minutes after the igni-
tion has been switched off, provided the driver door and the front passenger
door are not opened.
Sun visor
The sun visor is opened and closed manually (independently of the sliding/
tilting sunroof).
WARNING
• Incorrect use of the tilting sunroof can result in injury.
• Never close the tilting sunroof without first checking that there are no
obstructions. Risk of serious injury to you or others. Make sure that no one
is in the path of the tilting sunroof.
• Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle.
• Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle, particularly if
they have access to the keys. Unsupervised use of a key could mean that
the engine is started or that electrical equipment is used (e.g. electric
tilting sunroof) with a risk of accident. The doors can be locked using the
remote control key. This could make the aid difficult in an emergency situ-
ation.
• The tilting sunroof continues to function until one of the front doors is
opened and the key removed from the ignition.
• Ensure that no object and/or end is between the glass and the sunroof
when the one-touch opening/closing function is reset.
Convenience closing*
Using the door lock
– Hold the key in the door lock of the driver door in the locking
position until the tilting sunroof is closed.
– Release the key to interrupt this function.
Using the remote control
– Push the lock button on the remote control for about 3 seconds.
The tilting sunroof closes.
– Press the unlock button to interrupt the function.
A
A
A
B
A
A
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 88 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Unlocking and locking 89
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Roll-back function of the panorama/ tilting sunroof*
The panorama/ tilting sunroof has a roll-back function which prevents larger
objects getting trapped when the roof is closed. The roll-back function does
not prevent fingers getting pinched against the roof opening. The tilting
sunroof stops and opens again immediately if it is obstructed when closing.
Operation in case of breakdown
In case of a breakdown, the sunroof may be closed manually.
– Remove the plastic cover by inserting a screwdriver into the rear
section.
– Insert an Allen key (4 mm) into the opening as far as possible and
close the sunroof.
Fig. 50 Emergency opera-
tion of the panorama/
tilting sunroof
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 89 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility90
Lights and visibility
Lights
Switching lights on and off
Switching on the side lights
–Turn the light switch ⇒ fig. 51 to position
.
Switching on dipped beam headlights
– Turn the light switch to position
.
Switching off the lights
– Turn the light switch to position 0.
Switching on the front fog lights*
– Turn the switch from position
or to the first stop and pull
it. The symbol
in the light switch lights up.
Switching on the rear fog light (vehicles with front fog lights)
– Turn the lights control from position
or to the second stop
and pull out ⇒ . A warning lamp placed in the instrument
panel lights up.
Switching on the rear fog light (vehicles with no front fog lights)
– Turn the light control to the end from position
or and pull
it. A warning lamp placed in the instrument panel lights up.
WARNING
Never drive with just the side lights on. Risk of accident. The side lights are
not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other
road users are able to see you. Always use your dipped beam headlights if
it is dark or if visibility is poor.
Note
• The dipped beam headlights will only work with the ignition on. The side
lights come on automatically when the ignition is turned off.
• If the lights are left on after the key has been taken out of the ignition lock,
a buzzer will sound while the driver door remains open. This is a reminder to
switch the lights off.
• The rear fog light is so bright that it can dazzle drivers behind you. You
should use the rear fog light only when visibility is very poor.
Fig. 51 Detailed view of
the dash panel: lights, fog
lights and rear fog light
switch
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 90 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 91
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• The use of the lighting described here is subject to the relevant statutory
requirements.
Automatic lighting*
Activation
– Rotate the switch to the position “Auto”, this indication will light
up.
Deactivation
– Turn the light switch to 0.
Automatic lighting
If automatic headlight control is switched on, dipped beam headlights are
automatically switched on by a photosensor if you drive into a tunnel, for
example.
WARNING
• Even if the automatic headlight control is switched on, the dipped
headlights will not be switched on with fog. Therefore, the dipped beam
must be switched on manually.
Note
• For those vehicles with the automatic headlight system, when the key is
removed from the ignition, the acoustic signal will only sound if the light
knob is in position
or .
• If the daylight driving automatic light function is switched on, the fog
lights or rear fog light cannot be switched on in addition.
• The use of the lighting described here is subject to the relevant statutory
requirements.
• Do not put stickers on the windscreen in front of the sensor. This may
cause disruptions or faults in the automatic lighting system.
• The rain sensor switches on the dipped beam headlights when the wind-
screen wipers have been operating continuously for a few seconds and it
switches the lights off when the continuous or interval wipe is switched off for
some minutes.
Fig. 52 Automatic
lighting
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 91 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility92
Instrument and switch lighting / Headlight range control
Instrument and switch lighting
When the headlights are switched on, the brightness of the instruments and
switch lighting can be regulated to suit your requirements by turning the
thumb wheel ⇒ fig. 53 .
Those vehicles fitted with xenon gas discharge headlights are fitted with an
automatic headlight range system.
Headlight range control
By using the electrical headlight range control, you can adjust the head-
light range to the load level that is being carried in the vehicle. This way, it is
possible to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic more than necessary. At the same
time, by using the correct headlight settings, the driver has the best possible
lighting for the road ahead.
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To lower the beam, turn the thumb wheel down from the basic setting 0.
Dynamic headlight range control
Vehicles with gas discharge bulbs (xenon bulbs) are equipped with dynamic
headlight range control. When you switch on the lights, their range regulates
itself according to the vehicle load.
Vehicles with gas discharge bulbs do not have headlight range control.
Daytime running lights*
Daytime running lights light up automatically when the igni-
tion is switched on (only with AFS headlights)
Daylight driving lights switch off automatically when the street lighting
comes on.
Activating daytime lights (bi-xenon lamps)
Remove the key from the ignition, move the turn signal lever upwards (right
turn signal) and press it backwards to flash position and hold it in this posi-
tion. Insert the key and switch the ignition on, holding it in this position for 3
seconds. Then, switch off the ignition. The daytime lights are activated and
can be switched on.
Switching daytime lights off (bi-xenon lamps)
Remove the key from the ignition, move the turn signal lever upwards (left
turn signal) and press it backwards to flash position and hold it in this posi-
tion. Insert the key and switch the ignition on, holding it in this position for 3
seconds. Then, switch off the ignition. The daytime lights are deactivated and
cannot be switched on.
Note
See legal requirements for each country.
Fig. 53 Dash panel: regu-
lation for instrument and
switch illumination and
headlight range control
A
1
A
1
A
2
A
2
A
2
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 92 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 93
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Adaptive headlights* (for driving round bends)
When driving around bends, the headlights will light the
most important areas of the road.
This cornering light gives better illumination of the side of the road and the
corner area. The dynamic lighting is controlled automatically according to
speed and the steering wheel angle.
The two main headlights move at different angles to avoid that the front of the
vehicle is left completely in the dark.
Note
The system operates from a speed of about 10 km/h.
Fog lights with cornering function*
This is an additional light source to dipped beam headlights
to light up the road as a bend is taken.
The cornering light operates with the lights switched on and when driving at
less than 40 Km/h. They light up when the steering wheel is turned or the
flashers are operated.
Forward gear
• If the steering wheel is turned to the right, or the right-hand turn signal
operated, the right-hand headlight lights up.
• If the steering wheel is turned to the left, or the left-hand flasher operated,
the left-hand headlight lights up.
In reverse gear both headlights light up.
Note
When the fog lamps are on, the cornering function is activated and both
headlights are continuously on.
Coming home function*
When it is dark, the area around the car is lit up with the aid
of the Coming Home / Leaving Home function.
To activate the function
10)
– Remove key from ignition switch.
– Switch the light off.
Fig. 54 Cornering
lighting using adaptive
headlights
10)
The following applies to all vehicles:
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 93 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility94
– Close the doors.
– Push the headlight lever to the main beam position
.
– Open the driver door.
In vehicles with start-stop and/or automatic headlight system
As soon as the driver door is opened, the system will switch on the dipped
lights for 30 seconds. If the door is closed during this 30-second period, the
dipped lights will stay on (from this moment) for 15 seconds.
For all other vehicles
You have 2 minutes from the moment the key is taken out of the ignition
switch to when the lights flash; after this, the Coming home function will not
activate. To activate it again, repeat the operation.
When the system is activated, dipped beam headlights remain on for 30
seconds after closing the door. If the door is open for more than 3 minutes,
the system will not remain active, which means that the dipped lights will not
light up.
Note
• If the vehicle is often used during the night for short trips and the Coming
home function is used, the battery will considerably discharge. To avoid this,
make longer journeys whenever possible.
• Observe all relevant legal requirements when using the signalling and
lighting systems described here.
Heated rear window =
The heated rear window only works when the engine is running. When it is
switched on, a lamp lights up on the switch.
After approx. 8 minutes, the heating device of the rear window switches off
automatically.
For the sake of the environment
The heated rear window should be disconnected as soon as the glass is
demisted. By saving electrical power you can also save fuel.
Note
To avoid possible damage to the battery, an automatic temporary disconnec-
tion of this function is possible, coming back on when normal operating
conditions are re-established.
Fig. 55 Centre console:
heated rear window
switch
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 94 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 95
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Hazard warning lights
The hazard warning lights are used to draw the attention of
other road users to your vehicle in emergencies.
If your vehicle breaks down:
1. Park your vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic.
2. Press the button to switch on the hazard warning lights ⇒ .
3. Switch the engine off.
4. Apply the handbrake.
5. On a manual gearbox engage 1st gear, and for an automatic
move the selector lever to P.
6. Use the warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users
to your vehicle.
7. Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle.
Switch on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users, for example
when:
• reaching the tail end of a traffic jam,
• there is an emergency
• your vehicle breaks down due to a technical fault,
• you are towing another vehicle or your vehicle is being towed.
All turn signals flash simultaneously when the hazard warning lights are
switched on. That is that the two turn signal turn signal lamps
and the
turn signal lamp in the switch
will flash at the same time. The hazard
warning lights also work when the ignition is switched off.
WARNING
• The risk of an accident increases if your vehicle breaks down. Always
use the hazard warning lights and a warning triangle to draw the attention
of other road users to your stationary vehicle.
• Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with
inflammable materials under the vehicle, for example dry grass or spilt
petrol. This could start a fire!
Note
• The battery will run down if the hazard warning lights are left on for a long
time, even if the ignition is switched off.
• The use of the hazard warning lights described here is subject to the rele-
vant statutory requirements.
Fig. 56 Centre console:
switch for hazard warning
lights
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 95 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility96
Turn signal and main beam headlight lever
The turn signal and main beam lever also operates the
parking lights and the headlight flasher.
The turn signal and main beam headlight lever has the following
functions:
Switching on the turn signals
– Move the lever all the way up ⇒ fig. 57 to indicate right, and
all the way down to indicate left.
Signalling a lane change
– Push the lever up or down to the point where you incur
resistance and then release it. The turn signal will flash several
times. The corresponding indicator lamp will also flash.
Switching main beam on and off
– Turn the light switch to position
.
–Press the lever forward ⇒ fig. 57 to switch on the main
beams.
– Pull the lever back towards you to switch the main beam head-
lights off again.
Headlight flashers
– Pull the lever towards the steering wheel to operate the
flasher.
Switching on parking lights
– Switch the ignition off and remove the key from the lock.
– Move the lever up or down to turn the right or left-hand parking
lights on, respectively.
WARNING
The main beam can dazzle other drivers. Risk of accident! Never use the
main beam headlights or the headlight flasher if they could dazzle other
drivers.
Note
• The turn signals only work when the ignition is switched on. The corre-
sponding warning lamp
or flashes in the instrument panel. The warning
lamp
flashes when the turn signals are operated, provided a trailer is
correctly attached and connected to the vehicle. If a turn signal bulb is defec-
tive, the warning lamp flashes at double speed. If the trailer turn signal bulbs
are damaged, warning lamp
does not light up. Change the bulb.
Fig. 57 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
4
A
3
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 96 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 97
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam
headlights are already on. The warning lamp
then comes on in the instru-
ment panel.
• The headlight flasher comes on for as long as you pull the lever – even if
no other lights are switched on. The warning lamp
then comes on in the
instrument panel.
• When the parking lights are switched on, the front and rear side lights on
the corresponding side of the vehicle light up. The parking lights will only
work if the key is removed from the ignition. If the lights are switched on, an
acoustic signal will be emitted while the driver door is open.
• If the turn signal lever is left on after the key has been taken out of the
ignition lock, an acoustic signal sounds when the driver door is opened. This
is a reminder to switch off the turn signal, unless of course you wish to leave
the parking light on.
Interior lights
Front interior light
The switch ⇒ fig. 58 is used to select the following positions:
Courtesy light position
o
Sliding switch in central position The interior lights are automatically
switched on when the vehicle is unlocked or the key removed from the igni-
tion. And turn off approx. 20 seconds after closing the doors. The interior
lights are switched off when the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is
switched on.
Interior light switched on
Move the knob to the position .
Interior light switched off O
Move the switch to position O ⇒ fig. 58.
Fig. 58 Interior roof trim:
front interior lights
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 97 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility98
Note
If not all the vehicle doors are closed, the interior lights will be switched off
after approx. 10 minutes, providing the key has been removed and the cour-
tesy light position selected. This prevents the battery from discharging.
Front reading light*
Switching on the reading light
Press the corresponding button ⇒ fig. 59to switch on the reading light.
Switching the reading lights off
Press the corresponding button to switch the reading light off.
Luggage compartment light*
The light is activated when the tailgate is open, even when the ignition and
lights are turned off. For this reason, ensure that the tailgate is always
closed.
Visibility
Sun visors
The sun visors for the driver and the front passenger can be pulled out of their
central supports and turned towards the doors in the direction of the arrow
⇒ fig. 60. Never pull them downwards.
The driver sun visor has compartments for cards, and the passenger sun visor
has a vanity mirror with a cover*.
Fig. 59 Front reading
light
A
B
Fig. 60 Sun visor on the
driver side
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 98 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 99
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Note
Incorrect use of the sun visors (e.g. pulling them downwards once they are
open) may result in broken hinges. This damage is not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Windscreen wipers
Windscreen wipers U
The windscreen wiper lever controls the windscreen wipers
and the automatic wash and wipe.
The windscreen wiper lever ⇒ fig. 61 has the following positions:
Switching off the wipers
– Move the lever to position .
Interval wipe
– Move the lever up to position .
– Move the control to the left or right to set the length of the
intervals. Control to the left: long intervals; control to the right:
short intervals. Four wiper interval stages can be set using switch
.
Slow wipe
– Move the lever up to position .
Continuous wipe
– Move the lever up to position .
Short wipe
– Move the lever down to position to give the windscreen a
short wipe.
Wash and wipe automatic system
W
– Pull the lever towards the steering wheel - Position , the wind-
screen washer is activated.
– Release the lever. The wipers-washers will keep running for
approximately four seconds.
The windscreen will be wiped again after approximately five seconds once the
wipe/wash system has been operated.
Fig. 61 Windscreen wiper
and windscreen wash
lever
A
0
A
1
A
A
A
A
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 99 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility100
WARNING
• Worn and dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and safety levels while
driving.
• In cold conditions, you should not use the wash / wipe system unless
you have warmed the windscreen with the heating and ventilation system.
The washer fluid could otherwise freeze on the windscreen and obscure
your view of the road.
• Always note the corresponding warnings on ⇒ page 193.
Caution
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the
glass before using the wipers for the first time. If you switch on the wipers
when the wiper blades are frozen to the windscreen, you could damage both
the wiper blades and the wiper motor.
Note
• The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
• The heat output of the heated jets* is controlled automatically when the
ignition is switched on, depending upon the outside temperature.
• In certain versions of vehicles with alarms, the windscreen wiper will only
work in interval/rain sensor mode when the ignition is on and the bonnet
closed.
• When the interval wipe function is on, the intervals are directly propor-
tional to the speed. This way, the higher the vehicle speed the shorter the
intervals.
• If you stop the vehicle with the windscreen wiper in position 1 or 2, it will
automatically change to a lower position speed. The set speed will be
resumed when the vehicle pulls away.
Rain sensor*
The rain sensor controls the frequency of the windscreen
wiper intervals, depending on the amount of rain.
Switching on the rain sensor
– Move the windscreen wiper lever into position ⇒ fig. 62.
– Move the control to the left or right to set the sensitivity of the
rain sensor. Control to the right: highly sensitive. Control to the
left: less sensitive.
The rain sensor is part of the interval wipe function. You will have to switch
the rain sensor back on if you switch off the ignition. This is done by switching
the interval wipe function off and back on.
Fig. 62 Windscreen wiper
lever
A
1
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 100 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 101
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Note
• Do not put stickers on the windscreen in front of the sensor. This may
cause sensor disruption or faults.
Rear window wiper ]
The windscreen wiper lever operates the windscreen wiper
and the wash and wipe system for the rear window.
Switching on the interval wipe
– Press the lever forwards to position ⇒ fig. 63. The wiper will
wipe the window approximately every 6 seconds.
Switching off the interval wipe function
– Pull the lever back from position towards the steering wheel.
The wiper will continue to function for a short period if you switch
off whilst the wipers are in motion.
Switching on the automatic windscreen wiper/washer
– Press the lever fully forwards to position ⇒ fig. 63. The rear
wiper and washer operate at the same time. The windscreen
wash system will function as long as you hold the lever in this
position.
– Release the lever. The washer system stops and the wipers
continue until the end of the cycle.
– Move the lever towards the steering wheel to switch off.
WARNING
• Worn and dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and safety levels while
driving.
• Always note the corresponding warnings on ⇒ page 193.
Caution
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blade is not frozen to the glass
before using the wiper for the first time. If you switch on the wiper when the
wiper blade is frozen to the glass, this could damage both the wiper blade
and the wiper motor.
Note
• The rear window wiper will only work when the ignition is switched on.
Fig. 63 Windscreen wiper
and windscreen wash
lever: rear window wiper
A
6
A
6
A
7
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 101 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility102
• Depending on the version of the model, when you engage reverse gear
and with the headlight wiper activated, the lamps are wiped.
Headlight washer*
The headlight washers clean the headlight lenses.
The headlight washers are activated automatically when the windscreen
washer is used and the windscreen wiper lever is pulled towards the steering
wheel for at least 1.5 seconds – provided the dipped beam headlights or
main beams are switched on. Clean off stubborn dirt (insects, etc.) from the
headlights at regular intervals, for instance when filling the fuel tank.
Note
• To ensure that the headlight washers work properly in winter, keep the
nozzle holders in the bumper free of snow and remove any ice with a de-icer
spray.
• To remove water, the windscreen wipers will be activated from time to
time, the headlight wipers will be activated every three cycles.
Rear view mirrors
Adjusting the rear view mirrors
Before beginning any journey, adjust the rear view mirrors for correct
visibility.
Interior mirror
It is dangerous to drive if you cannot see clearly through the
rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for interior mirror
In the basic mirror position, the lever at the bottom edge of the mirror should
be at the front. Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function.
Automatic anti-dazzle interior mirror*
The automatic anti-dazzle function can be switched on and off
as desired.
Switching off the anti-dazzle function
–Press button ⇒ fig. 64. Indicator lamp goes off.
Fig. 64 Automatic anti-
dazzle interior mirror.
A
A
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 102 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility 103
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Switching on the anti-dazzle function
– Press button ⇒ page 102, fig. 64. The indicator lamp turns
on.
Anti-dazzle function
The anti-dazzle function is activated every time the ignition is switched on.
The green indicator lamp lights up in the mirror housing.
When the anti-dazzle function is enabled, the interior mirror will darken auto-
matically according to the amount of light it receives. The anti-dazzle func-
tion is cancelled if reverse gear is engaged.
Note
• The automatic anti-dazzle function will only work properly if the sun
blind* for the rear window is retracted and there are no other objects
preventing light from reaching the rear view mirror.
• If you have to stick any type of sticker on the windscreen, do not do so in
front of the sensors. Doing so could prevent the anti-dazzle function from
working well or even from working at all.
Folding in the exterior mirrors
The exterior mirrors of the vehicle may be folded in. For this, press the mirror
housing towards the vehicle.
Note
Before washing the vehicle with an automatic car wash, fold in the mirrors to
avoid damage.
Electric exterior mirrors*
The exterior mirrors can be adjusted using the rotary knob in
the driver door.
Basic setting of exterior mirrors
1. Turn knob ⇒ fig. 65 to position L (left exterior mirror).
2. Turn the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a
good view to the rear of the vehicle.
3. Turn knob to position R (right exterior mirror).
4. Swivel the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a
good view to the rear of the vehicle ⇒ .
Heated exterior mirrors*
– Press the demisting button
= ⇒ page 94, fig. 55
A
A
Fig. 65 Controls of exte-
rior mirrors
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 103 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Lights and visibility104
– The mirrors demist for some minutes to prevent draining the
battery.
– If necessary, press the button again to repeat the function.
– The exterior mirror heating is not activated with temperatures
above 20 °C.
Folding in exterior mirrors*
– Turn the control ⇒ page 103, fig. 65 to position
to fold in the
exterior mirrors. You should always fold in the exterior mirrors if
you are driving through an automatic car wash. This will help
prevent damage.
Folding exterior mirrors back out to the extended position*
– Turn the knob to position L or R to fold the exterior mirrors back
out ⇒ .
WARNING
• Convex or aspheric mirrors increase the field of vision however the
objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors. If you use these
mirrors to estimate the distance to vehicles behind you when changing
lane, you could make a mistake. Risk of accident.
• If possible, use the rear view mirror to estimate distances to vehicles
behind you.
• Make sure that you do not get your finger trapped between the mirror
and the mirror base when folding back the mirrors. Risk of injury!
For the sake of the environment
The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer
needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.
Note
• If the electrical adjustment ever fails to operate, the mirrors can be
adjusted by hand by lightly pressing the edge of the mirror glass.
• In vehicles with electric exterior mirrors, the following points should be
observed: if, due to an external force (e.g. a knock while manoeuvring), the
adjustment of the mirror housing is altered, the mirror will have to be
completely folded electrically. Do not readjust the mirror housing by hand, as
this will interfere with the mirror adjuster function.
• The rear view mirrors can be adjusted separately or simultaneously, as
described before.
• The fold-in function on the exterior mirrors is not active at speeds over 40
km/h.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 104 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 105
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Seats and storage compartments
The importance of correct seat adjustment
Proper seat adjustment optimises the level of protection
offered by seat belts and airbags.
Your vehicle has five seats, two in the front and three in the rear. Each seat is
equipped with a three-point seat belt.
The driver seat and the front passenger seat can be adjusted in many ways to
suit the physical requirements of the vehicle occupants. The correct seat
position is very important for:
• a fast and easy operation of all controls on the instrument panel,
• a relaxed posture which does not cause drowsiness,
• a safe driving ⇒ page 7,
• ensuring that the seat belts and airbag system provide maximum protec-
tion ⇒ page 16.
WARNING
• If the driver and passengers assume improper sitting positions, they
may sustain critical injuries.
• More people than available seats must never be transported in your
vehicle.
• Every passenger in the vehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat
belt belonging to his or her seat. Children must be protected with an appro-
priate child restraint system ⇒ page 39, “Child safety”.
• The front seats and all head restraints must always be adjusted to body
size and the seat belt must always be properly adjusted to provide you and
your passengers with optimum protection.
• Always keep your feet on the footwell when the vehicle is moving; never
rest them on the dash panel, out of the window or on the seat. This is also
applied to passengers. An incorrect sitting position exposes you to an
increased risk of injury in case of a sudden braking or an accident. If the
airbag is triggered, you could sustain severe injuries due to an incorrect
sitting position.
• It is important for the driver and front passenger to keep a distance of
at least 25 cm from the steering wheel or dash panel. Failure to respect the
minimum distance means that the airbag will not protect you. Risk of fatal
injury. The distance between the driver and the steering wheel or between
the front passenger and the dash panel should always be as great as
possible.
• Adjust the driver or front passenger seat only when the vehicle is
stationary. Otherwise, your seat could move unexpectedly while the
vehicle is moving. This could increase the risk of an accident and therefore,
injury. In addition, while adjusting your seat, you will assume an incorrect
sitting position. Risk of fatal accidents.
• Special guidelines apply to installing a child seat on the front
passenger seat. When installing a child seat, please observe the warnings
described in ⇒ page 39, “Child safety”.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 105 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments106
Head restraints
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of
passenger protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in
most accident situations.
– Adjust the head restraint so that the top is at the same level as
the top of your head or as close as possible to the same level as
the top of your head, at least at eye level ⇒ fig. 66 and ⇒ fig. 67.
Adjusting the head restraints ⇒ page 107.
WARNING
• Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted
increases the risk of severe injuries.
• Improperly adjusted head restraints could lead to death in the event of
a collision or accident.
• Incorrectly adjusted head restraints also increase the risk of injury
during sudden or unexpected driving or braking manoeuvres.
• The head restraints must always be adjusted according to the
passenger’s height.
Fig. 66 Front view: head
restraints and seat belts
correctly adjusted
Fig. 67 Side view: head
restraints and seat belts
correctly adjusted
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 106 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 107
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Removing or adjusting head restraints
The head restraints can be adjusted by moving them up and
down.
Adjusting height (front seats)
– Press the button on the side and pull upwards to the desired
position.
– To lower the head restraint, press the button and push head
restraint downwards.
– Make sure that it engages securely into position.
Adjusting height (rear seats)
– Press the button on the side and pull upwards to the desired
position.
– To lower the head restraint, press the button and push head
restraint downwards.
– Make sure that the head restraint engages securely in one of its
positions ⇒ page 13.
Removing the head restraint
– Push the head restraint up as far as it will go.
– Press the button ⇒ fig. 68 (arrow).
– Pull head restraint out of fitting without releasing the button.
Fitting the head restraint
– Insert the head restraint into the guides on the backrest.
– Push head restraint down.
– Adjust the head restraint to suit passenger’s height ⇒ page 12.
WARNING
• Never drive if the head restraints have been removed. Risk of injury.
• Never drive if the head restraints are in an unsuitable position, there is
a risk of serious injury.
• After refitting the head restraint, you must always adjust it properly for
height to achieve optimal protection.
• Please observe the safety warnings in ⇒ page 106, “Correct adjust-
ment of head restraints”.
Note
• To fit and remove the rear head restraints, gently tilt the seat backrest
forwards.
Fig. 68 Adjusting and
removing the head
restraints
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 107 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments108
• When fitting the head restraints again, insert the tubes as far as possible
into the guides without pressing the button.
Front seats
Adjustment of the front seats
Adjusting the seat forwards and backwards
– Pull up the grip and move the seat forwards or backwards.
– Then release the grip and move the seat further until the
catch engages.
Adjusting seat height
– Pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from
its home position. This adjusts the seat height in stages.
Adjusting the backrest angle
– Take your weight off the backrest and turn the hand wheel.
To fold and unfold the backrest* (for vehicles without Easy -
Entry function)
–To fold the backrest, pull the lever upwards and push the
backrest forwards.
–To unfold the backrest, push it back.
Folding and unfolding the backrest (for vehicles without Easy -
Entry function)
–To fold the backrest, pull the lever upwards and push the
backrest forwards. You can push the seat forwards at the same
time to make entry to the rear seats easier.
–To unfold the backrest, first move the seat completely back.
The Easy-Entry function facilitates the access to the vehicle rear seats. Before
lifting the backrest, return the seat to the original position. The seat inserts
when the backrest is lifted.
WARNING
• Never adjust the driver or front passenger seat while the vehicle is in
motion. While adjusting your seat, you will assume an incorrect sitting
position. Risk of fatal accidents. Adjust the driver or front passenger seat
only when the vehicle is stationary.
• To reduce the risk of injury to the driver and front passenger in case of
a sudden braking or an accident, never drive with the backrest tilted
towards the rear. The maximum protection of the seat belt can be achieved
only when the backrests are in an upright position and the driver and front
passenger have properly adjusted their seat belts. The further the back-
Fig. 69 Front left seat
controls
A
1
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
4
A
4
A
4
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 108 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 109
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
rests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to improper
positioning of the belt web!
• Exercise caution when securing the seat height into forwards/back-
wards position. Injuries can be caused if the seat height is adjusted
without due care and attention.
• To move the seat lengthways, pull upwards and not sideways on the
lever, as the force exerted on it in this position could damage it.
Heated seats* A
The front seat cushions and backrests can be heated electri-
cally.
– Press the corresponding switch ⇒ fig. 70 to switch on the seat
heating.
– Press once to connect the heating at a maximum force. Two LEDs
will light up ⇒ fig. 70. After 15 min. of high intensity, the upper
led turns off, the system is deactivated for 2 min. and after 2
min., it works again at low intensity (lower led is always turned
on).
– Press the switch again to set the heating to minimum force. (The
lower LED lights up).
– To disconnect the heating, press the switch again.
Caution
To avoid damaging the heating elements, please do not kneel on the seat or
apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat cushion and backrest.
Note
The seats are only heated electrically when the engine is running.
WARNING (continued)
Fig. 70 Front seats
heating switch
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 109 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments110
Rear seats
Folding down rear seats
Folding seat down
– Remove the head restraint ⇒ page 107.
– Pull the front edge of the seat cushion ⇒ fig. 71 upwards in
the direction of the arrow.
– Lift the cushion forwards in the direction of the arrow.
– Pull the release button ⇒ fig. 72 in the direction of the arrow and
fold the backrest forwards
– Insert the head restraints in the spaces on the rear of the seat
cushion which are visible when the seat cushion is lowered.
Folding seat forward
– Remove the head restraints from the spaces in the seat cushion.
– Lift the backrest, before securing it, replace the head restraints in
the seat cushion, and then click the seat correctly onto the
locking rails.
– Once the backrest is locked, pull on the central seat belt or
directly on the backrest to check that the backrest has properly
engaged in position.
– Check that the position lever is in neutral position.
– Lower the cushion and push it backwards below the seat belt
buckles.
– Press the front part of the cushion downwards.
Fig. 71 Folding up the
rear seat cushion
Fig. 72 Button for
unlocking the rear back-
rest
A
1
A
2
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 110 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 111
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
On split rear seats
11)
the backrest and cushion can be lowered and raised
respectively in two sections.
WARNING
• Please be careful when folding back the backrest! Injuries can be
caused if the seat height is adjusted without due care and attention.
• Do no trap or damage seat belts when raising the backrest.
• After raising the backrest, check it has engaged properly in position. Do
this by pulling on the central seat belt or directly on the backrest and check
that the position lever is in the neutral position.
• The three point automatic seat belt only works correctly when the back-
rest of the central seat is correctly engaged.
Storage compartment
Storage compartment on the front passenger side
The compartment can be opened by pulling the lever ⇒ fig. 73.
Glove compartment cooling*
There is an air vent in upper part of the glove compartment. If the air condi-
tioning is switched on, cooled air can be fed into the compartment. The vent
can be opened and closed by turning it.
WARNING
Always keep the storage compartment cover closed while the vehicle is in
motion in order to reduce the risk of injury caused by a sudden braking or
by an accident.
11)
Optional equipment
Fig. 73 Passenger side:
storage compartment
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 111 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments112
Storage compartment on the driver side
There is an storage compartment on the driver side
Mounting bracket for navigator on dash panel*
Your vehicle can be equipped with a portable navigator
mounting bracket.
Fig. 74 Driver side
compartment
Fig. 75 Mounting bracket
for navigator on dash
panel.
F ig. 76 B rac ke t w it h o pe n
cover for placing the navi-
gator.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 112 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 113
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
It is necessary to use a specific adapter for each navigator, so consult your
Technical Service. This bracket supplies power to the portable navigator.
Storage compartment under front seats *
To open
– The compartment is opened by pulling on the lever and assisting
it with your hand.
To close
– Press the cover inwards until the closed drawer clicks into posi-
tion.
Note
The storage drawer will hold a maximum weight of 1.5 kg.
Seat storage pocket*
There is a storage pocket on the rear of the front seats.
Fig. 77 Storage compart-
ment under the front
passenger seat
Fig. 78 Seat storage
pocket
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 113 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments114
Front cup holder*
There are two cup holders in the centre console in front of the gear lever
⇒ fig. 79.
WARNING
• Never place hot drinks in the cup holders. During normal or sudden
driving manoeuvres, sudden braking or an accident, the hot drink could be
spilled. Danger of scalding.
• Never use rigid materials (for example, glass or ceramic), these could
cause injury in the case of an accident.
• When travelling the drinks holder should always be closed to prevent
risk in the event of sudden breaking or accident.
Rear cup holder*
On the rear part of the centre console, behind the hand brake, there is a cup
holder installed* ⇒ fig. 80.
Fig. 79 Front cup holders
in the centre console
Fig. 80 Cup holder in the
centre console
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 114 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 115
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Ashtrays, cigarette lighter and power socket
Front ashtray
Opening and closing the ashtray
– To open the ashtray, lift the cover ⇒ fig. 81.
– To close, push the cover down.
Emptying the ashtray
–Extract the ashtray and empty it.
WARNING
Never put paper in the ashtray. Hot ash could ignite the paper in the
ashtray and cause a fire.
Cigarette lighter*
– Press on the cigarette lighter ⇒ fig. 82 to activate it ⇒ .
– Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly.
– Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the
glowing coil.
WARNING
• Improper use of the cigarette lighter can lead to serious injuries or start
a fire.
• Using the lighter carefully. Carelessness or negligence when using the
cigarette lighter can cause burns, risk of injury.
• The lighter only works when the ignition is turned on or the engine is
running. To avoid the risk of fire, never leave children alone inside the
vehicle.
Fig. 81 Front ashtray
Fig. 82 Lighter
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 115 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments116
Electrical sockets*
The 12 Volt cigarette lighter power socket can also be used for other electrical
components with a power rating of up to 120 Watt. When the engine is
switched off, however, the vehicle battery will discharge. For further informa-
tion see ⇒ page 175.
WARNING
The power sockets and the connected accessories will only operate when
the ignition is on or when the engine is running. Improper use of the
sockets or electrical accessories can lead to serious injuries or cause a fire.
To avoid the risk of injury, never leave children alone inside the vehicle.
Note
• The use of electrical appliances with the engine switched off will cause a
battery discharge.
• Before using any electrical accessories, see the instructions in
⇒ page 175.
Auxiliary audio input connection (AUX)*
– Lift the AUX cover ⇒ fig. 84.
– Insert the plug as far as possible (see radio manual).
Fig. 83 Front power
socket
Fig. 84 AUX connection
on the central console
(depending on the equip-
ment)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 116 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 117
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
AUX-USB* Input connection
For information concerning the use of this equipment, please see the Radio
handbook.
First-aid kit, warning triangle, fire
extinguisher*
First-aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguisher
The use of reflective warning triangles is obligatory in emergencies in some
countries. As are the first aid kit and a set of spare light bulbs.
The first-aid kit and the fire extinguisher are located in the luggage compart-
ment, held in place by Velcro.
The warning triangle may be located in the rear of the luggage compartment
secured by rubber bands.
Note
• The first aid kit, the warning triangles and the fire extinguisher are not
supplied with the vehicle as standard.
• The first aid kit, the warning triangles and the fire extinguisher should
meet legal requirements.
• The expiry date of the content of the first aid kit should be checked.
• Ensure that the fire extinguisher is fully functional. The fire extinguisher
should, therefore, be checked regularly. The sticker on the fire extinguisher
will inform you of the next date for checking.
• Before purchasing accessories and spare parts, see the instructions in
⇒ page 175, “Accessories, parts replacement and modifications”.
Luggage compartment
Storing objects
All luggage must be securely stowed.
Please observe the following points to ensure the vehicle handles
well at all times:
– Distribute the load as evenly as possible.
– Place heavy objects as far forward in the luggage compartment
as possible.
Fig. 85 AUX/USB* input
connection (depending on
the equipment)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 117 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments118
WARNING
• Loose luggage and other loose items in the vehicle may cause serious
injuries.
• Loose objects in the luggage compartment can suddenly move and
change the way the vehicle handles.
• In case of sudden manoeuvres or accidents, loose objects in the
passenger compartment can be flung forward, injuring passengers.
• Always put objects in the luggage compartment.
• When you transport heavy objects, always take in account that a
change in the centre of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle handling.
• Please observe information on safe driving ⇒ page 7, “Safe driving”.
Caution
Hard objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating
element in the rear window and cause damage.
Note
The ventilation slots in front of the rear side windows must not be covered as
this would prevent stale air being extracted from the vehicle.
Rear shelf
Removing the shelf
– Disengage the loops ⇒ fig. 86 from the retaining pins
– Extract the cover from its slot, in its rest position and pull
outwards.
WARNING
Do not place heavy or hard objects on the rear shelf, because they will
endanger the vehicle occupants in case of sudden braking.
Caution
• Before closing the tailgate, ensure that the rear shelf is correctly fitted.
• An overloaded luggage compartment could mean that the rear shelf is not
correctly seated and it may be bent or damaged.
Fig. 86 Rear shelf
A
B
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 118 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Seats and storage compartments 119
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• If the luggage compartment is overloaded, remove the tray.
Note
• Ensure that, when placing items of clothing on the luggage compartment
cover, rear visibility is not reduced.
Roof rack*
Please observe the following points if you intend to carry loads on the roof:
• For safety reasons, only luggage racks and accessories approved by SEAT
should be used.
• It is essential that you follow the assembly instructions included with the
bars exactly, being especially careful to position front and rear luggage
compartment cover bars on the special housings on the longitudinal bars.
You must also respect their position according to the direction of travel indi-
cated in the assembly manual. Not following these instructions may damage
the bodywork.
• Pay special attention to the tightening torque of the attachment bolts and
check them following a short journey. If necessary, retighten the bolts and
check them at regular intervals.
• Distribute the load evenly. A maximum load of 40 kg only is permitted for
each roof rack system support bar, the load must be distributed evenly along
the entire length. However, the maximum load permitted for the entire roof
(including the support system) of 75 kg must not be exceeded nor should the
total weight of the vehicle be exceeded. See the Technical Data section.
• When transporting heavy or large objects on the roof, any change in the
normal vehicle behaviour due to a change in the centre of gravity or an
increased wind resistance must be taken into account. For this reason, a suit-
able speed and driving style must be used.
• For those vehicles fitted with a sunroof*, ensure that it does not interfere
with the load on the roof rack system when opened.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 119 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning120
Air conditioning
Heating
Controls
– Using the controls and and with the switch ⇒ fig. 87
you can adjust the temperature, the air distribution and the
blower speed.
– Press the button to switch air recirculation mode on or off.
When the function is activated, a warning light on the button is
turned on.
Temperatu re
Switch adjusts temperature. The required temperature inside the vehicle
cannot be lower than the ambient temperature. Maximum heat output, which
is needed to defrost the windows quickly, is only available when the engine
has reached its operating temperature.
Blower
The air flow can be set at four speeds with switch . The blower should
always be set at the lowest speed when driving slowly.
Air distribution
Control for setting the flow of air in the required direction.
< – Air distribution towards the windscreen in order to demist. For safety
reasons, it is not recommended to switch air recirculation on.
– Air distribution to the upper body
– Air distribution to footwell
– Air distribution to the windscreen and the footwell.
Air recirculation mode
Air recirculation mode on (a lamp lights up in red) prevents strong odours
from the outside air from entering in the vehicle, for example when passing
through a tunnel or in a traffic jam ⇒ .
When the outside temperature is low, air recirculation mode improves
heating performance by heating air from the interior instead of cold air from
the outside.
WARNING
• For your safety, the windows should never be fogged up or covered with
snow or ice. This is essential to ensure good visibility. Please familiarise
yourself with the correct operation of the heating and ventilation system,
including the demist/defrost functions for the windows.
Fig. 87 Heating controls
on the dash panel
A
A
A
C
A
B
A
D
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 120 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning 121
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• In air recirculation mode, no cold air from the outside enters the vehicle
interior. The windows can quickly fog over if the heating is switched off.
Therefore, never leave the air recirculation mode switched on for a long
time (risk of accident).
Note
• Please consider the general notes ⇒ page 129.
Vehicle ventilation or heating
Ventilating the passenger compartment
– Turn the temperature selector ⇒ fig. 88 anti-clockwise.
– Turn blower switch to any of the head settings 1 -4.
– Set the airflow to the desired direction using air distribution
control .
– Open the relevant air outlets.
Interior heating
– Turn the temperature selector ⇒ fig. 88 clockwise to select
the desired temperature.
– Turn blower switch to any of the head settings 1 -4.
– Set the airflow to the desired direction using air distribution
control .
– Open the relevant air outlets.
Defrosting the windscreen
– Turn the temperature selector ⇒ fig. 88 clockwise to reach
the maximum temperature.
– Turn the blower switch to setting 4.
– Turn air distribution control to
<.
–Close outlet .
– Open and turn outlet towards side windows
Keeping the windscreen and the side windows demisted
– Turn the temperature selector ⇒ fig. 88 to the heating area.
– Turn blower switch to any of the head settings 2 -3.
– Turn air distribution control to
<.
WARNING (continued)
Fig. 88 Heating controls
on the dash panel
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
A
A
B
A
3
A
4
A
A
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 121 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning122
–Close outlets
– Open and turn outlets towards side windows
Once the windows are demisted and as a preventive measure, the control
can be set in position
, thus obtaining greater comfort while preventing the
windows from misting again.
Heating
Maximum heat output, which is needed to defrost the windows quickly, is
only available when the engine has reached its operating temperature.
Note
Remember that the temperature of the engine coolant should be optimum to
ensure that the heating system functions correctly (except in vehicles fitted
with additional heating*)
Air outlets
A
3
A
4
A
C
Fig. 89 Air vent
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 122 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning 123
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Air distribution
Outlets and can be closed or opened separately and the air flow
directed as required.
Air conditioning*
Controls
The air conditioning system only works when the engine is running
and the fan is switched on.
–Using the controls ⇒ fig. 90 and and with the switch
you can adjust the temperature, the air distribution and the
blower speed.
– To switch a function on or off, press the appropriate button or
. When the function is activated, a red warning light on the
button is turned on.
– To demist the wind screens:
– Turn air distribution to
<
Switch on symbol Main air output through outlets:
<
1, 2
5
1, 2, 5
3, 4
A
C
A
3
A
4
Fig. 90 Air conditioning
controls on the dash
panel
A
A
A
C
A
B
A
D
A
E
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 123 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning124
– Turn the fan control to one of the two levels depending on the
speed required.
– Rotate the temperature control to the desired level of comfort.
–Close outlets
– Open and turn outlets towards side windows
Temperature selector ⇒ page 124
Blower control. There are four speed settings for the blower. At low
speed, it is recommended to set the blower to a minimum of 1 to improve
the intake of fresh air.
Air distribution control ⇒ page 124
Air recirculation button ⇒ page 125
button – Switch on air conditioning ⇒ page 124
WARNING
For your safety, the windows should never be fogged up or covered with
snow or ice. This is essential to ensure good visibility. Please familiarise
yourself with the correct operation of the heating and ventilation system,
including the demist/defrost functions for the windows.
Note
Please consider the general notes.
Vehicle interior heating or cooling system
Interior heating
– Disconnect the cooling system using button ⇒ fig. 91 (the
button light turns off).
– Turn the temperature selector to set the desired temperature
inside the vehicle.
– Turn the blower switch to any of of the settings 1-4.
– Set the air distribution control to the air flow configuration
desired: (towards the windscreen), (towards the chest),
(towards the footwell) and (towards the windscreen and
footwell areas).
Interior cooling
– Connect the cooling system with button (the button light
should light up).
A
3
A
4
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
E AC
Fig. 91 Air conditioning
controls on the dash
panel
AC
A
A
A
C
<
AC
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 124 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning 125
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– Turn the temperature control switch until the desired interior
temperature is reached.
– Turn the blower switch to any of of the settings 1-4.
– Set the air distribution control to the air flow configuration
desired: (towards the windscreen), (towards the chest),
(towards the footwell) and (towards the windscreen and
footwell areas).
Heating
Maximum heat output, which is needed to defrost the windows quickly, is
only available when the engine has reached its operating temperature.
Coolant system
When the air conditioning is switched on, the temperature and the air
humidity go down. This way, if the outside humidity is extreme, the air condi-
tioning prevents the misting of the windows and therefore, comfort is
improved.
If the air conditioning does not work, this may be due to the following
reasons:
• The engine is stationary.
• The fan blower is switched off.
• The outside temperature is below +3 °C.
• The cooling system compressor has been temporarily switched off
because of an increased engine coolant temperature.
• The air conditioner fuse is faulty.
• Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air conditioning checked by a qual-
ified workshop.
Air recirculation
Air recirculation mode prevents fumes or unpleasant smells
from coming from the outside.
When air recirculation mode is switched on (button ⇒ page 124, fig. 91
with warning lamp) strong odours in the outside air do not enter the vehicle
interior, for example when passing through a tunnel or in a traffic jam.
When the outside temperature is low, air recirculation mode improves
heating performance by heating air from the interior instead of cold air from
the outside.
When the outside temperature is high, air recirculation mode improves
cooling performance by cooling air from the interior instead of warm air from
outside.
For safety reasons, the air recirculation should not be switched on when the
air distribution control is set to the windscreen setting
<.
WARNING
In air recirculation mode, no cold air from the outside enters the vehicle
interior. If the air conditioner is switched off, the windows can quickly mist
over. Therefore, never leave the air recirculation mode switched on for a
long time (risk of accident).
Note
• When engaging reverse gear, the air recirculation is connected automati-
cally to prevent the entrance of exhaust fumes in the vehicle on travelling
backwards. The warning lamp on the button does not light up.
• If the temperature control is turned to the coldest setting (blue point) and
the switch is activated, the “Air recirculation” function is automatically
activated in order to cool the vehicle rapidly using less energy; its function
indicator will light.
<
AC
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 125 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning126
• If the function is not deactivated by pressing the button, this will deacti-
vate after approx. 20 min.
Economic use of the air conditioning
When the air conditioning is switched on, the compressor consumes engine
power and has influence on fuel consumption. Consider the following points
in order to have the system operating in the minimum possible time.
• If the vehicle interior has overheated due to an excessive solar radiation,
it is best to open the windows or doors to allow the hot air to escape.
• While in motion, the air conditioning should not be switched on if the
windows or the sunroof are open.*
Climatronic
Control switches
Fig. 92 Climatronic controls on the dash panel
The air conditioner only works when the engine is running and the
blower is switched on.
–Press keys and ⇒ fig. 92 to adjust temperature.
– The functions will be switched on when its buttons are pressed.
When the function is activated, a symbol is displayed on the
screen. Press the button again to switch off the function.
Blower level indicator.
Air recirculation display:
Display AUTO (Automatic operation)
Demisting indicator
A
10
A
11
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 126 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning 127
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
AC indicator (Cooling connected)
Interior temperature indicator selected
Air flow direction indicator
Fan speed increase
Fan speed decrease
Interior temperature increase
Interior temperature decrease
button – Automatic adjustment of temperature, ventilation and air
distribution
Button – Windscreen demisting function. The air drawn in is directed
at the windscreen. The air recirculation mode will be switched off as soon
as the demisting function is switched on. At temperatures over 3 °C, the
cooling system is switched on automatically in order to dry the air.
Button – Air distribution to head area
Button – Air distribution to the upper body.
Button – Air distribution to footwell
– Manual air recirculation
button – To switch on the air conditioning.
WARNING
For your safety, the windows should never be fogged up or covered with
snow or ice. This is essential to ensure good visibility. Please familiarise
yourself with the correct operation of the heating and ventilation system,
including the demist/defrost functions for the windows.
Note
Please consider the general notes.
Automatic mode
In automatic mode air temperature, air flow and distribution
are automatically regulated so that a specified temperature is
attained as quickly as possible, and then maintained.
Switching on automatic mode
– Press the button . The indication ⇒ page 126, fig. 92
is visible.
–Press keys and ⇒ page 126, fig. 92 to adjust the desired
temperature inside the vehicle. We recommend you adjust the
temperature to 22 °C (72 °F).
A comfortable interior climate is quickly reached when a temperature of 22 °C
(72 °F) is set in automatic mode. Therefore, we recommend you not to change
this adjustment, except as necessary to suit individual preferences or partic-
ular circumstances. The inside temperature can be set between +18 °C (64 °F)
and +29 °C (86 °F). If a lower or higher temperature is selected, LO or HI are
respectively displayed on the screen. These are approximate temperatures
which may slightly vary depending on the outside conditions.
Climatronic maintains a constant temperature. To do it, it automatically regu-
lates the supplied air temperature, the blower speed and the air distribution.
The system also considers the sunlight radiation, so there is no need for
manual readjustment. Therefore, automatic mode almost always provides
the best comfort for the vehicle occupants throughout the year.
Automatic mode is switched off whenever an adjustment is made using the
buttons for the air distribution, blower or . The temperature continues to
self-regulate.
A
5
A
6
A
7
A
8
A
9
A
10
A
11
A
12 AUTO
A
13 <
A
14
A
15
A
16
A
17
A
18 AC
AUTO
A
7
A
10
A
11
AC
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 127 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning128
Manual mode
In manual mode the air temperature, flow, and the desired air
distribution can be adjusted.
Switching on manual mode
– Press one of the buttons ⇒ page 126, fig. 92 to or press
the blower control and down. The indicator is switched off
.
Temperatu re
The inside temperature can be set between +18°C (64°F) and +29°C (86°F).
These are approximate temperatures which may slightly vary depending on
the outside conditions.
If a temperature below 18 °C (64 °F), is selected, the display switches to LO In
this setting the system runs at maximum cooling output and the temperature
is not regulated.
If a temperature above 29 °C (86 °F) is selected, the display switches to HI In
this setting the system runs at maximum heating output and the temperature
is not controlled.
Blower
The blower can be adjusted with buttons and ⇒ page 126, fig. 92. If
the blower is off (level is not shown on the screen) and button is kept
pressed down, the Climatronic switches off. Then OFF is displayed on the
screen.
Air distribution
The air distribution is adjusted using the buttons , and . It is also
possible to open and close some of the air outlets separately.
Switching the air conditioning on and off
Pressing the button the air cooling system can be switched off in order to
save fuel. The temperature continues to self-regulate. The set temperature
can then only be reached if it is higher than the outside temperature.
Air recirculation mode
Air recirculation mode prevents fumes or unpleasant smells
from coming from the outside.
– Press the button to switch air recirculation mode on or off.
This is ON if the symbol
⇒ page 126, fig. 92 is displayed on
the screen.
Air recirculation mode prevents strong odours in the ambient air from
entering the vehicle interior, for example when passing through a tunnel or in
a traffic jam.
When the outside temperature is low, air recirculation mode improves
heating performance by heating air from the interior instead of cold air from
the outside.
When the outside temperature is high, air recirculation mode improves
cooling performance by cooling air from the interior instead of warm air from
outside.
For safety reasons, the air recirculation should not be switched on when the
air distribution control is set to the windscreen setting
<.
WARNING
In air recirculation mode, no cold air from the outside enters the vehicle
interior. If the air conditioner is switched off, the windows can quickly mist
A
14
A
16
A
8
A
9
A
3
A
8
A
9
A
1
A
9
AC
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 128 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Air conditioning 129
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
over. Therefore, never leave the air recirculation mode switched on for a
long time (risk of accident).
Note
When engaging reverse gear, the air recirculation is connected automatically
to prevent the entrance of exhaust fumes in the vehicle on travelling back-
wards. In this case the symbol for air recirculation is not displayed.
General notes
Pollution filter
The pollution filter (a combined particulate filter and active carbon filter)
serves as a barrier against impurities in the outside air, including dust and
pollen.
For the air conditioner to work with maximum efficiency, the pollution filter
must be replaced at the specified intervals in the Maintenance Programme.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas reaching very high
pollution levels, the pollen filter must be changed more frequently than
stated in the Service Schedule.
Caution
• If you suspect that the air conditioner is damaged, switch it off with the
button to prevent further damage and have it checked by a specialised
workshop.
• Repairs to the air conditioner require specialist knowledge and special
tools. Therefore, we recommend you to take the vehicle to a specialised work-
shop.
Note
• If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensa-
tion can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and so forming a puddle
underneath the vehicle. This is completely normal and there is no need to
suspect a leak.
• Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and
leaves to ensure heating and cooling are not impaired, and to prevent the
windows from misting over.
• The air from the vents flows through the vehicle interior and is extracted
by slots designed for this purpose. Therefore, do not cover these slots with
items of clothing or other objects.
• The air conditioner operates most effectively with the windows and the
sliding/tilting sunroof* closed. However, if the temperature inside the vehicle
is excessive because of the sun, the air inside can be cooled faster by opening
the windows for a short time.
• Do not smoke while air recirculation mode is on, as smoke drawn into the
air conditioning system leaves a residue on the evaporator, producing a
permanent unpleasant odour.
• At low outside temperatures the compressor switches off automatically.
The button cannot be switched on either.
• It is advisable to connect the air conditioning at least once a month, to
lubricate the system gaskets and prevent leaks. If a decrease in the cooling
capacity is detected, an Authorised Service Centre should be consulted to
check the system.
• To ensure correct operation, the grilles on both sides of the screen must
not be obstructed
• When the engine is under extreme strain, switch off the compressor for a
moment.
WARNING (continued)
AC
AUTO
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 129 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving130
Driving
Steering
Adjusting the steering wheel position
The height and reach of the steering wheel can be freely
adjusted to suit the driver.
– Adjust the driver seat to the correct position.
– Push the lever under the steering column ⇒ fig. 93 down ⇒ .
– Adjust the steering wheel until the correct position is set
⇒ fig. 93.
– Then push the lever up again firmly ⇒ .
WARNING
• Incorrect use of the steering column adjustment function and an incor-
rect seating position can result in serious injury.
• To avoid accidents, the steering column should be adjusted only when
the vehicle is stationary.
• Adjust the driver seat or steering wheel so that there is a distance of at
least 25 cm between the steering wheel and your chest ⇒ fig. 93. If you fail
to observe the minimum distance, the airbag will not protect you. Risk of
fatal injury.
• If your physical constitution does not allow you to maintain the
minimum distance of 25 cm, contact an Authorised Service Centre. The
Authorised Service Centre will help you to decide if special specific modifi-
cations are necessary.
• If you adjust the steering wheel so that it points towards your face, the
driver airbag will not protect you properly in the event of an accident. Make
sure that the steering wheel points towards your chest.
• When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the
outside of the ring at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions. Never hold the
steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position, or in any other manner (e.g. in
the centre of the steering wheel, or on the inside of the rim). In such cases,
if the airbag is triggered, you may sustain injuries to the arms, hands and
head.
Fig. 93 Steering column
height adjustment
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 130 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 131
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Safety
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)*
ESP helps make driving safer in certain situations.
The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) contains the electronic differential
lock (EDL) and the traction control system (TCS). The ESP function works
together with the ABS. Both warning lamps will light up if the ESP or ABS
systems are faulty.
The ESP is started automatically when the engine is started.
The ESP is always active, and cannot be switched off. With the ESP switch it is
only possible to switch TCS off.
WARNING
• The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) cannot defy the laws of
physics. This should be kept in mind, particularly on slippery and wet
roads and when towing a trailer.
• Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and
the traffic situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by ESP tempt you
into taking any risks when driving, as this can cause accidents.
• Please refer to the corresponding warning notes on ESP in ⇒ page 153,
“Intelligent technology”.
Ignition lock
Position of the ignition key
Fig. 94 Detailed view of
the centre console: ESP
button
Fig. 95 Ignition key posi-
tions
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 131 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving132
Ignition switched off, steering lock
In this position ⇒ page 131, fig. 95 the ignition and the engine are OFF and
the steering may get locked.
For the Steering lock to operate without the ignition key, turn the steering
wheel until it locks with an audible sound. You should always lock the
steering wheel when you leave your vehicle. This will help prevent vehicle
theft ⇒ .
Switching the ignition or the glow plug system on
Turn the ignition key to this position and release it. If the key cannot be turned
or it is difficult to turn from position to position , move the steering
wheel from one side to the other until it is released.
Starting
The engine is started when the key is in this position. Electrical components
with a high power consumption are switched off temporarily.
Every time the vehicle is started again, the ignition key must be turned to
position . The repetitive start prevention lock of the ignition prevents
possible damage to the starter motor if the engine is already running.
WARNING
• The ignition key must NOT be removed from the lock until the vehicle
comes to a standstill. Otherwise, the steering could be immediately
blocked- Risk of accident!
• Always remove the key from the ignition when leaving the vehicle, even
for a short period. This is especially important if children or disabled
people are left alone in the vehicle. They could accidentally start the
engine or work electrical equipment such as the electric windows, conse-
quently resulting in an accident.
• Unsupervised use of the keys could start the engine or any electrical
system, such as the electric window. This could result in serious injury.
Caution
The starter motor will only work when the engine is stopped (ignition key
position ).
Electronic immobiliser
The immobiliser prevents unauthorised persons from driving
the vehicle.
Inside the key there is a chip that deactivates the electronic immobiliser auto-
matically when the key is inserted into the ignition.
The immobiliser will be activated again automatically as soon as you pull the
key out of the ignition lock.
The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with its correct code.
Note
A perfect operation of the vehicle is ensured if genuine SEAT keys are used.
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
1
A
3
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 132 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 133
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Starting and stopping the engine
Starting petrol engines
The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with
its correct code.
– Move the gear lever to the neutral position and depress the
clutch pedal thoroughly and hold it in this position for the starter
to turn the engine on.
– Turn the ignition key to the starting position ⇒ page 131.
– Let go of the ignition key as soon as the engine starts; the starter
motor must not run on with the engine.
After starting a very hot engine, you may need to slightly press down the
accelerator.
When starting a very cold engine, it may be a little noisy for the first few
seconds until oil pressure has built up in the hydraulic valve compensators.
This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.
If the engine does not start immediately, switch the starter off after
10 seconds and try again after half a minute. If the engine still does not start,
the fuel pump fuse should be checked ⇒ page 212, “Fuses”.
WARNING
• Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms. The
exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, an odourless and colourless
poisonous gas. Risk of fatal accidents. Carbon monoxide can cause loss of
consciousness. It can also cause death.
• Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running.
• Never use “cold start sprays”, they could explode or cause the engine
to run at high revs. Risk of injury.
Caution
• When the engine is cold, you should avoid high engine speeds, driving at
full throttle and over-loading the engine. Risk of engine damage.
• The vehicle should not be pushed or towed more than 50 metres to start
the engine. Unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
• Before attempting to push-start or tow a vehicle in order to start it, you
should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle. Note and follow
the instructions in ⇒ page 225, “Jump-starting”.
For the sake of the environment
Do not warm-up the engine by running the engine with the vehicle stationary.
Start off immediately, driving gently. This helps the engine reach operating
temperature faster and reduces emissions.
Starting diesel engines
The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with
its correct code.
– Move the gear lever to the neutral position and depress the
clutch pedal thoroughly and hold it in this position for the starter
to turn the engine on.
– Turn the ignition key to the starting position.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 133 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving134
– Turn the ignition key to position ⇒ page 131, fig. 95 . The
indicator lamp
D will light for engine pre-heating.
– When the warning lamp turns off, turn the key to position to
start the engine. Do not press the accelerator.
– Let go of the ignition key as soon as the engine starts, the starter
motor must not be allowed to run on with the engine.
When starting a very cold engine, it may be a little noisy for the first few
seconds until oil pressure has built up in the hydraulic valve compensators.
This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.
If there are problems starting the engine, see the ⇒ page 225.
Glow plug system for the diesel engine
To avoid unnecessary discharging of the battery, do not use any other major
electrical equipment while the glow plugs are pre-heating.
Start the engine as soon as the glow plug warning lamp goes out.
Starting the engine after the fuel tank has been completely run dry
If the fuel tank has been completely run dry, it may take longer than normal
(up to one minute) to start the engine after refuelling with diesel fuel. This is
because the system must eliminate air first.
WARNING
• Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms. The
exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, an odourless and colourless
poisonous gas. Risk of fatal accidents. Carbon monoxide can cause loss of
consciousness. It can also cause death.
• Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running.
• Never use “cold start sprays”, they could explode or cause the engine
to run at high revs. Risk of injury.
Caution
• When the engine is cold, you should avoid high engine speeds, driving at
full throttle and over-loading the engine. Risk of engine damage.
• The vehicle should not be pushed or towed more than 50 metres to start
the engine. Unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
• Before attempting to push-start or tow a vehicle in order to start it, you
should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle. Note and follow
the instructions in ⇒ page 225, “Jump-starting”.
For the sake of the environment
Do not warm-up the engine by running the engine with the vehicle stationary.
You should drive off as soon as you start the engine. This helps the engine
reach operating temperature faster and reduces emissions.
Switching off the engine
– Stop the vehicle.
– Turn the ignition key to position ⇒ page 131, fig. 95 .
After switching the engine off, the radiator fan may run on for up to 10
minutes. It is also possible that the fan turns itself on once more if the coolant
temperature increases due to the heat accumulated in the engine compart-
ment or due to its prolonged exposure to solar radiation.
WARNING
• Never switch the engine off until the vehicle is completely stationary.
• The brake servo works only when the engine is running. With the
engine switched off, more strength is needed to brake. As normal brake
A
2
A
3
A
1
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 134 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 135
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
operation cannot be performed, risk of accidents and serious injury may
exist.
• The steering lock can be immediately blocked once the key is removed
from the ignition. The steering wheel cannot be turned. Risk of accident.
Caution
When the engine has been running under a heavy load for a long period, heat
can accumulate in the engine compartment and cause engine damage. For
this reason, you should idle the engine for approx. 2 minutes before you
switch it off.
Start-Stop function*
Description and operation
The Start-Stop function stops the engine when the vehicle is
stopped and starts it automatically when required.
– When the vehicle is stopped, put it in neutral and release the
clutch pedal. The engine will stop.
– When the clutch pedal is pressed, the engine starts again.
– The instrument panel screen displays information about the
status of the Start-Stop function ⇒ page 137, fig. 97.
Start-Stop function conditions
• The driver seat belt must be buckled.
• The engine hood must be closed.
• The engine must be at operating temperature
• The steering wheel must be straight.
• The vehicle must be on flat ground.
• The vehicle must not be in reverse.
• A trailer must not be connected.
• The temperature of the passenger compartment must be within the
convenience limits ( button should be selected).
• The windscreen de-mist function must be off.
• If in an increase in airflow is not requested.
• The temperature must not be set to HI or LO.
• The driver door must be closed.
• The diesel particulate filter must not be in regeneration mode, for diesel
engines.
• The battery charge must not be low for the next start.
• The battery temperature must be between -1 °C and 55 °C.
Start-Stop function interruption
In the following situations, the Start-Stop function will be interrupted and the
engine will automatically start:
• The vehicle starts moving.
• The brake pedal is pressed several times in a row.
• The battery has been discharged excessively.
• The Start-Stop System is manually deactivated.
• The windscreen de-mist function is turned on.
• The temperature of the passenger compartment exceeds the convenience
limits ( button).
• If the airflow is increased by more than 3 presses.
• Temperature setting HI or LO is selected.
WARNING (continued)
AC
AC
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 135 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving136
• The engine coolant temperature is insufficient.
• The alternator is faulty, for example the V-belt has ruptured.
• If any of the conditions described in the previous section are not fulfilled.
WARNING
Never allow the vehicle to move with the engine off for any reason. You
could lose control of your vehicle. This could cause an accident and serious
injury.
• The brake servo does not work with the engine off. You need more force
to stop the vehicle.
• Power steering does not work when the engine is not running. That is
why it is much more difficult to turn the steering wheel.
• Disconnect the Start-Stop system when driving through water (fording
streams, etc.).
Note
• For vehicles with the Start-Stop function and a manual gearbox, when the
engine is started, the clutch must be pressed.
• When the conditions for the Start-Stop function are not fulfilled, the
instrument panel displays the Start-Stop indicator dimmed.
• The vehicle can be restarted by rotating the steering wheel three times,
that is, more than 270°.
Switching the Start-Stop function on and off
Every time the ignition is switched on, the Start-Stop function is
automatically switched on.
Manually deactivating the Start-Stop function
–Press button ⇒ fig. 96 located on the centre console. When
the Start-Stop function is switched off, the indicator lamp comes
on.
– If the Start-Stop function is operating then the engine starts
immediately.
Switching the Start-Stop function on manually
–Press button ⇒ fig. 96 located on the centre console. The
indicator lamp will turn off.
Fig. 96 The Start-Stop
function button.
A
A
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 136 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 137
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Driver messages
Fig. 97 Display on the instrument panel during Start-Stop function operation.
When the engine is turned off by the Start-Stop function, this is displayed on
the instrument panel.
If the Start-Stop system is not switched on, the
lamp will appear on the
instrument panel.
Note
There are different versions of the dash panel; the display of indications on
the screen may differ.
Manual gearbox
Driving with a manual gearbox
Engaging the reverse gear
– The vehicle should be stationary with the engine idling. Press the
clutch down thoroughly.
– Place the gear lever into neutral and push the lever downwards.
– Slide the gear lever to the left, and then into the reverse position
shown on the gear lever.
The reverse gear can only be engaged when the vehicle is stationary. When
the engine is running and before engaging this gear, wait about 6 seconds
with the clutch pressed down thoroughly in order to protect the gearbox.
The reverse lights light up when the reverse gear is selected and the ignition
is on.
Fig. 98 Centre Console:
gear shift pattern of a 5-
speed manual gearbox
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 137 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving138
WARNING
• When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a
gear is engaged and the clutch released.
• Never select the reverse gear when the vehicle is in motion. Risk of acci-
dent.
Note
• Do not rest your hand on the gear lever while driving. The pressure of your
hand could cause premature wear on the selector forks in the gearbox.
• When changing gear, you should always depress the clutch fully to avoid
unnecessary wear and damage.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the clutch on hills. This causes premature wear
and damage to the clutch.
Automatic gearbox*
Gearbox programmes
The automatic gearbox has got two gearbox programmes.
Selecting the normal programme
– Put the selector lever into position D.
Selecting the sport programme
– Put the selector lever into position S.
If you select the normal programme, D, you will drive in the economy mode,
i.e. the programme is designed to reduce fuel consumption. The gearbox
changes up into a higher gear as soon as possible and down into a lower gear
as late as possible.
Fig. 99 Automatic
gearbox
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 138 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 139
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
If you select the sport programme, S, you will drive in a sporty mode, i.e. a
programme in which shifts into high gears are postponed in order to use the
full power of the engine.
Selector lever lock functions
The selector lever lock in position P or N prevents gears from
being engaged inadvertently, which would cause the vehicle
to move.
The selector lever lock is released as follows:
– Switch the ignition on.
– Hold the brake pedal pressed down and at the same time, hold
the selector lever lock on the left of the selector lever also
pressed down.
The warning lamp K on the instrument panel lights up when the brake pedal
should be applied. This is essential when the selector lever is taken from the
P or N positions.
The selector lever lock only works if the vehicle is stationary or driving at
speeds up to 5 km/h. At higher speeds the selector lever lock is automatically
unlocked in the N position.
The selector lever lock is not engaged if it is moved quickly through position
N (e.g. when shifting from R to D). This makes it possible, for instance, to
“rock” the vehicle backwards and forwards if it is stuck in snow or mud. The
selector lever lock engages automatically if the brake pedal is not depressed
and the lever is in position N for more than about 1second.
Fig. 100 Automatic
gearbox
Fig. 101 Automatic
gearbox: Instrument
panel display
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 139 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving140
Driving a car with an automatic gearbox
The gearbox changes gear ratios automatically as the vehicle
moves.
Starting
– Start the engine with the selector lever in position P or N.
Driving
– Hold the brake pedal pressed down.
– By holding the lock button (button on the left in the selector
lever), select R, or D.
– Release the lever and wait a little for the gearbox to engage the
gear (a slight movement can be felt).
– Release the brake and press the accelerator ⇒ .
Stopping briefly
– If stopping for a short time, keep the vehicle stationary by
pressing the foot brake hard to prevent the car moving back-
wards on a slope or “creeping” forwards, e.g. at traffic lights. The
selector lever does not need to be put into the positions P or N.
– Do not press the accelerator.
Parking the vehicle
– Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a
standstill ⇒ .
– Apply the handbrake.
– By pressing the lock button down, move the selector lever to P
and release the lock button.
Driving up and down hills
– Press the selector lever from position “D” to the right into the
tiptronic selector gate.
– Lightly press the selector lever back to change down.
Holding the car on a hill
– The brake must be always pressed down to prevent the vehicle
from rolling backwards ⇒ . Do not try to prevent the vehicle
from rolling backwards by increasing the engine speed while a
range of gears is selected.
Starting the vehicle up hills
– Apply the handbrake.
Fig. 102 Automatic
gearbox
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 140 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 141
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– With a selected gear, accelerate slowly and at the same time,
release the handbrake.
The steeper the slope, the lower the needed gear. This increases the braking
effect of the engine. For example, when driving down a very steep slope in
third gear. If the engine brake effect is not enough, the vehicle will speed up.
The automatic gearbox automatically changes up to prevent the engine over-
revving. Use the foot brake to reduce speed and change into 3rd gear again
using tiptronic* ⇒ .
Your vehicle has an automatic interlock which prevents the selector lever
from being put into a position for driving forwards or in reverse from positions
P or N if the brake pedal is not depressed.
Warning lamp “Pressing brake pedal”
K
When the warning lamp next to the selector lever lights up, press the brake
pedal. This is necessary when the automatic gearbox selector lever is moved
out of positions P or N. At the same time, a text message or the instructions
to perform necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel.
WARNING
• As a driver, you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is running
and a gear is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while the engine is
running, you must apply the parking brake and put the selector lever in
position P.
• If the engine is running and D or R are engaged, you will need to hold
vehicle stopped by depressing the brake pedal. The car would keep on
creeping forward as the power transmission is not fully interrupted even
when the engine is idling.
• Never accelerate when moving the selector gear or you may cause an
accident.
• Never move the selector lever to R or P when driving. Risk of accident!
• Before driving down a long, steep slope, it is advisable to reduce speed
and change into a lower gear.
• If you stop the vehicle up hill, always hold the foot brake strongly
depressed down to stop it from rolling back.
• Never allow the brake to rub and do not use the brake pedal too often
or for long periods. Constant braking will cause the brakes to overheat and
will considerably reduce the brake effect. This increases the braking
distance and could cause the brake system to fail.
• Never allow the car to roll down a mountain or a slope with the lever in
the N or D position, regardless of the engine is running or not.
Caution
• If you stop the vehicle up hills, do not attempt to stop it from rolling back
by depressing the accelerator when a gear has been selected. Otherwise, the
automatic gearbox may overheat causing damage. Pull the handbrake up or
fully depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling away.
• If you allow the car to roll when the engine is not running, or with the
selector lever in position N, a lack of lubrication in the automatic gearbox will
damage it.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 141 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving142
Changing gear in tiptronic mode*
The tiptronic system allows the driver to select gears manu-
ally
General information about driving in tiptronic mode
Changing gear in tiptronic mode
– Press the selector lever from position D to the right into the
tiptronic selector gate.
– Lightly press the selector forward + to change up into high gears.
– Lightly press the selector lever backwards - to change down into
low gears.
Changing gear with the steering wheel paddle levers*
– Press the right paddle lever towards the steering wheel to
change up ⇒ fig. 104.
– Press the left paddle lever towards the steering wheel to
change down ⇒ fig. 104.
Using the paddle levers on the steering wheel, you can access manual driving
mode regardless of the pre-selected driving mode.
General information about driving in tiptronic mode
When accelerating, the automatic gearbox / DSG automatic gearbox goes
into a higher gear a little before the engine reaches its maximum permitted
revolutions.
If a lower gear is selected, the automatic gearbox / DSG automatic gearbox
will only change down when the engine cannot go over its maximum
permitted revolutions.
If tiptronic is selected whilst the vehicle is in motion and the automatic
gearbox / DSG automatic gearbox is in third gear and selector lever position
D, tiptronic mode will then also be in third gear.
Fig. 103 Changing gear
with tiptronic
Fig. 104 Steering wheel
with paddle levers for
automatic gearbox
A
+
A
–
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 142 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 143
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Changing gears in the normal or sport programme using the steering wheel
paddle levers
If the paddle levers ⇒ page 142, fig. 104 are used in the normal or sport
programme, the system switches temporarily to tiptronic mode. To exit
“tiptronic” mode again, press the right paddle lever towards the steering
wheel for approximately one second. You will also leave tiptronic mode if the
paddle levers are not moved for a certain time.
Note
• The gear paddle levers on the steering wheel can be operated with the
selector lever in any position and with the vehicle in motion.
Selector lever positions
The selector lever positions and gears are shown on the
instrument panel screen.
Selector lever positions
The selected gear is displayed on the side of the selector lever and on the
instrument panel screen. The currently selected gear for the automatic
gearbox will also be shown on the display.
Tiptronic gear indicator
If the automatic gearbox is shifted manually, the selected gears are shown on
the screen.
P - parking lock
When the selector lever is in this position, the drive wheels are locked
mechanically.
Position P on the lever must only be selected if the vehicle is stationary.
To move selector lever from position P, the locking button on the selector
lever handle must be pressed and the brake pedal depressed at the same
time while the ignition is switched on.
To put the selector lever in position P, simply press the lock button down and,
if necessary, depress the brake pedal down.
R - Reverse gear
The reverse gear is engaged in this position.
Reverse gear must be engaged only when the vehicle is stationary and the
engine is idling.
To move the selector lever to position R, press the lock button down and, at
the same time, press the brake pedal down, with the ignition switched on.
With the selector lever in position R and the ignition switched on the
following occurs:
• Reverse lights light up.
• The air conditioner automatically changes the air recirculation mode.
+
Fig. 105 Automatic
gearbox: Instrument
panel display
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 143 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving144
• The wiper starts if the windscreen washer is on.
• The parking distance warning system switches on.*
N - Neutral (idling)
If this position is selected, the gearbox is in neutral. Power is not transmitted
to the wheels and the engine does not have a braking function.
Never use the N position to drive down a hill. The engine does not function as
a brake and the brakes are subjected to excessive stain.
You could damage the automatic gearbox if you drive down hills with the gear
lever in position N and the engine switched off.
D - Drive (forward)
In this position the gearbox automatically changes to a lower or higher gear,
according to the engine’s requirements, the driving style and speed. The
braking effect of the engine when driving downhill is very limited when the
selector is in this position. The instrument panel displays the selected gear
as well as the selector lever in position D.
If position N has been selected and you wish to select D, you must press the
foot brake if the vehicle is stationary, or travelling at under 5 km/h.
S - Standard driving position (Sport programme)
When the selector lever is in position S, it will automatically change up into a
higher gear later, and change down into a low gear, if compared with position
D. This way, it is possible to take full advantage of the engine reserve power,
depending on the engine demand, driving style and speed. The braking
effect of the engine when driving downhill is very limited. On the instrument
panel display the selected gear is shown as well as the selector lever to posi-
tion S.
To select gear range S, press the lock button on the selector lever.
WARNING
If the vehicle moves with no control, an accident and serious injury may
occur.
• As a driver, you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is running
and a gear is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while the engine is
running, you must always apply the handbrake and engage parking lock P.
• If the engine is running and if D or R are engaged, you will need to hold
the the vehicle stopped by depressing footbrake down. The car would creep
forward as the power transmission is not fully interrupted even when the
engine is idling.
• Never accelerate when moving the selector gear or you may cause an
accident.
• Never move the selector lever to “R” or “P” when driving. Risk of acci-
dent.
• Before driving down a very steep slope, reduce your speed and shift to
first gear.
• Always hold the vehicle on the foot brake if you stop on hills. Other-
wise, the vehicle could roll back.
• Never allow the brake to rub and do not use the brake pedal too often
or for long periods. Constant braking will cause the brakes to overheat and
will considerably reduce the brake effect. This increases the braking
distance and could cause the brake system to fail.
WARNING
Never switch the engine off until the vehicle is stationary. You could lose
control of your vehicle. This could cause an accident and serious injury.
• The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is
switched off.
• The brake servo does not work with the engine off. You need more force
to stop the vehicle.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 144 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 145
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Power steering does not work when the engine is not running. That is
why it is much more difficult to turn the steering wheel.
• Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering lock could suddenly engage, and you would not be able to steer
the vehicle.
• Never allow the car to roll downhill with the selector lever in “N”,
regardless of the engine is running or not.
Caution
If you allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off or with the
selector lever in position “N”, take your foot off the accelerator and wait until
the engine starts idling before returning to position “D”.
Kickdown feature
This feature allows maximum acceleration.
If you press the accelerator down thoroughly, the gearbox automatically
changes down, depending on speed and engine speed, into a lower gear to
take full advantage of give the vehicle maximum acceleration.
The gearbox does not change gear until the engine reaches the maximum
determined engine speed for the gear.
WARNING
You could lose control of the vehicle if you accelerate on slippery road
surfaces. Risk of serious injury.
• Be particularly careful when using the kickdown features on slippery
road surfaces. With a fast acceleration, the vehicle could lose traction and
skid.
• You should use the kickdown feature only when traffic and weather
conditions allow it to be used safely.
Handbrake
Using the handbrake
The handbrake should be applied firmly to prevent the
vehicle from accidentally rolling away.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Fig. 106 Handbrake
between the front seats
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 145 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving146
Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when
you park.
Applying the handbrake
– Pull the handbrake lever up firmly ⇒ fig. 106.
Releasing the handbrake
– Pull the lever up slightly and press the release knob in the direc-
tion of the arrow ⇒ page 145, fig. 106 and guide the handbrake
lever down fully ⇒ .
Always apply the handbrake as far as it will go in order to prevent you from
driving with the handbrake applied by mistake ⇒ .
The handbrake warning lamp
H lights up when the handbrake is applied
and the ignition switched on. The warning turns off when the handbrake is
released.
WARNING
• Never use the handbrake to stop the vehicle when it is in motion. The
braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only applied to
the rear wheels. Risk of accident!
• If it is only partially released, this will cause rear brakes overheating,
which can impair the function of the brake system and could lead to an acci-
dent. This also causes premature wear on the rear brake pads.
Caution
Always apply the handbrake before you leave the vehicle. The 1st gear should
also be selected.
Parking
The handbrake should always be firmly applied when the
vehicle is parked.
Always note the following points when parking the vehicle:
– Use the brake pedal to stop the vehicle.
– Apply the handbrake.
– The 1st gear should also be selected.
– Switch the engine off and remove the key from the ignition. Turn
the steering wheel slightly to engage the steering lock.
– Always take you car keys with you when you leave the vehicle
⇒ .
Additional notes on parking the vehicle on gradients:
Turn the steering wheel so that the vehicle rolls against the kerb if it started
to roll.
• If the vehicle is parked facing downhill, turn the front wheels so that they
point towards the kerb.
• If the vehicle is parked facing uphill, turn the front wheels so that they
point away from the kerb.
• Secure the vehicle as normal by applying the handbrake firmly and
engaging 1st gear.
WARNING
• Take measures to reduce the risk of injury when you leave your vehicle
unattended.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 146 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 147
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Never park where the hot exhaust system could ignite inflammable
materials, such as dry grass, low bushes, spilt fuel etc.
• Never allow vehicle occupants to remain in the vehicle when it is
locked. They would be unable to open the vehicle from the inside, and
could become trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. In the event of an
emergency, locked doors will delay assistance to occupants.
• Never leave children alone in the vehicle. They could set the vehicle in
motion, for example, by releasing the handbrake or the gear lever.
• Depending on weather conditions, it may become extremely hot or cold
inside the vehicle. This can be fatal.
Hill-start assist*
This function is only included in vehicles with ESP.
This device helps when starting uphill.
These are the basic operation conditions: doors closed, brake pedal pressed
down and vehicle in neutral. The system gets activated on engaging gear.
After removing your foot from the brake pedal, the braking force is maintained
for a few seconds to prevent the vehicle from moving backward when putting
into gear. This short space of time is enough to start the vehicle with ease.
This system also works when reversing uphill.
WARNING
• If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off the
brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain conditions.
Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
• If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake
immediately.
• When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehicle
from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal down
for a few seconds before starting off.
Note
Your Authorised Service or a specialised workshop can tell you if your vehicle
is equipped with this system.
Acoustic parking aid system*
Rear parking aid
The parking aid system will use an acoustic signal to warn of
the approach of any object towards the rear of the vehicle.
Description
The acoustic parking aid system will measure the distance between the rear
of the vehicle and any possible obstacle using four ultrasonic sensors located
on the rear bumper. The measuring range of the sensors starts approximately
and depending on the nature of the obstacle at a distance of:
• side of the rear bumper: 0.6 m
• middle of the rear bumper: 1.6 m
Activation
The system is activated by engagement of the reverse gear. A brief acoustic
signal confirms the activation and correct function of the system.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 147 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving148
Reverse gear
The distance warning will begin as soon as an obstacle is detected by the
system. The frequency of the bleeps emitted by the system will increase
rapidly as the vehicle approaches the obstacle.
Within a short distance of about 30cm, a continuous signal sounds (stop
signal). The driver should not reverse any further.
Models with a factory-fitted towing bracket: When the vehicle is less than
0.35 m away from the obstacle the warning tone will sound continuously. The
driver should then not reverse any further.
The warning tone decreases by 30% after 3 seconds from the start of the
system.
Provided that it is not in continuous mode, the tone on the parking aid system
stops when it detects a wall parallel to the vehicle.
Trailer towing
For vehicles factory-fitted with a towing bar, the parking aid system will not
be activated by the engagement of the reverse gear when pulling a trailer, as
the trailer’s electric connector will be plugged into the vehicle.
Possible faults
If a continuous beep sounds for some seconds when the reverse gear is
engaged, this indicates that there is a fault in the parking aid system.
If the fault continues until the ignition is turned off, the acoustic signal
warning of the fault will not be emitted every time the system is reactivated
(by engaging the reverse gear). Thus, the system ready indication will not
sound either. Have the fault repaired by an Authorised Service Centre as soon
as possible.
If there is no ready signal or no acoustic warning signal, then the parking aid
loudspeaker is faulty and may not warn of obstacles.
To ensure that the system works properly, the sensors must be kept clean and
free of ice and snow.
WARNING
• The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles may not be detected.
• Always look out for small children and animals because the system will
not always detect them. Always pay attention when reversing to avoid acci-
dents.
• The parking aid is not a replacement for driver awareness. The driver
must take full responsibility for parking and other manoeuvres.
Caution
• Please note that low obstacles detected by the system may no longer be
registered by the sensors as the car moves closer, so the system will not give
any further warning. Certain kinds of obstacles (such as wire fences, chains,
thin posts or trailer draw bars, high kerbs or painted railings etc) may not
always be detected by the system, so there is a risk of damaging the vehicle
in such cases.
• In some cases, obstacles with uniform edges and bumps may not be
detected immediately by the system due to their geometry. Take special care
of this type of obstacle (corners, rectangular objects, etc.), as they can cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Be especially careful when manoeuvring into a corner between two
perpendicular walls. Carefully watch the approach of the wall to the side of
the vehicle (using the mirrors).
• The parking aid system does not replace use of the mirrors for manoeu-
vres.
• External ultra-sonic sources (pneumatic drills, construction machinery,
other vehicles with PDC) may interfere with the operation of the system.
• Periodic cleaning of the sensors, take care not to damage or scratch them.
When cleaning with high pressure washers or steam cleaners, the sensors
should be sprayed for only a very short period and from a distance of more
than 10 cm.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 148 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 149
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Cruise control*
Description
The cruise control system is able to maintain the set speed in
the range of 30 km/h to 180 km/h.
Once the speed setting has been saved, you may take your foot off the accel-
erator.
WARNING
It could be dangerous to use the cruise control system if it is not possible
to drive at constant speed.
• Do not use the cruise control system when driving in dense traffic, on
roads with lots of bends or on roads with poor conditions (with ice, slippery
surfaces, loose grit or gravel), as this could cause an accident.
• Always switch the cruise control system off after using it in order to
avoid an involuntary use.
• It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road,
traffic or weather conditions. Risk of accident.
Note
The cruise control cannot maintain a constant speed when descending down-
hill. The vehicle will accelerate due to its own weight. Use the foot brake to
slow the vehicle.
Switching the cruise control system on and off
Switching on the system
–Move the control ⇒ fig. 107 to the left to ON.
Switching off the system
– Move the control to the right to OFF or turn the ignition off
when the vehicle is stationary.
When the cruise control is on and a speed is programmed, the indicator on
the instrument panel is lit.
12)
If the cruise control system is switched off, the symbol is switched off. The
system will also be fully switched off when the 1st gear is selected.*
12)
Depending on the model version
Fig. 107 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever: switch and rocker
switch for the cruise
control
A
A
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 149 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving150
Setting speed*
–Press the lower part SET of the rocker switch ⇒ fig. 108 once
briefly when you have reached the speed you wish to set.
When you release the rocker switch, the current speed is set and held
constant.
Adjusting set speed*
The speed can be altered without touching the accelerator or
the brake.
Setting a higher speed
– Press the upper part RES of the rocker switch ⇒ fig. 109 to
increase the speed. The vehicle will continue to accelerate as
long as you keep the rocker switch pressed. When you release
the switch, the new speed is stored.
Setting a lower speed
–Press the lower part SET– of the rocker switch to reduce the
speed. The vehicle will automatically reduce its speed for as long
as you keep the switch pressed. When you release the switch, the
new speed is stored.
Fig. 108 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever: switch and rocker
switch for the cruise
control
A
B
Fig. 109 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever: switch and rocker
switch for the cruise
control
A
B
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 150 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving 151
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
When you increase speed with the accelerator and then release the pedal, the
system will automatically restore the set speed. This will not be the case,
however, if the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h higher than the stored
speed for longer than 5 minutes. The speed will have to be stored again.
Cruise control is switched off if you reduce speed by depressing the brake
pedal. Reactivate the control by pressing once on the upper part of the rocker
switch RES+ ⇒ page 150, fig. 109 .
WARNING
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road,
traffic or weather conditions. Risk of accident.
Switching off the system temporarily*
The cruise control system will be switched off in the following situations:
• if the brake pedal is depressed,
• if the clutch pedal is depressed,
• if the vehicle is accelerated to over 180 km/h,
• when the lever is moved in the direction of OFF without fully being
engaged.
To resume cruise control, release the brake or clutch pedal or reduce the
vehicle speed to less than 180 km/h and press once on the upper part of the
rocker switch RES ⇒ fig. 110 .
WARNING
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road,
traffic or weather conditions. Risk of accident.
Completely switching off the system
A
B
Fig. 110 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever: switch and rocker
switch for the cruise
control
A
A
A
B
Fig. 111 Turn signal and
main beam headlight
lever: switch and rocker
switch for the cruise
control
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 151 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving152
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
The system is completely turned off by moving the control all the way to
the right hand side (OFF engaged), or when the vehicle is stationary, ignition
off.
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox
To completely disengage the system, the selector lever must be placed in one
of the following positions: P, N, R or 1 or with the vehicle stopped and the
ignition turned off.
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 152 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Intelligent technology 153
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Practical Tips
Intelligent technology
Brakes
Brake servo
The brake servo increases the pressure you apply to the brake pedal. It works
only when the engine is running.
If the brake servo is not functioning due to a malfunction, or if the vehicle has
to be towed, you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder to
make up for the lack of servo assistance.
WARNING
The braking distance can also be affected by external factors.
•
Never let the vehicle coast with the engine switched off. Failure to do so
could result in an accident. The braking distance is increased considerably
when the brake servo is not active.
• If the brake servo is not working, for example when the vehicle is being
towed, you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder than
normal.
Hydraulic Brake Assist (HBA)*
The Hydraulic Brake Assist function (HBA) is only included in
vehicles with ESP.
In an emergency, most drivers brake in time, but not with maximum force.
This results in unnecessarily long braking distances.
This is when the brake assist system comes into action. When pressing the
brake pedal rapidly, the assistant interprets it as an emergency. It then very
quickly builds up the full brake pressure so that the ABS can be activated
more quickly and efficiently, thus reducing the braking distance.
Do not reduce the pressure on the brake pedal. The brake assist system
switches off automatically as soon as you release the brake.
Automatic hazard warning lights activation
The brake lights flash automatically to indicate that the vehicle is braking
suddenly or in an emergency situation. If the emergency braking continues
until the vehicle comes to a standstill, the hazard warning lights will then
come on and the brake lights will remain on permanently from that moment.
The hazard warning lights will automatically switch off when the vehicle
begins to move again or when the warning light button is pressed.
WARNING
• The risk of accident is higher if you drive too fast, if you do not keep
your distance to the vehicle in front, and when the road surface is slippery
or wet. The increased accident risk cannot be reduced by the brake assist
system.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 153 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Intelligent technology154
• The brake assist system cannot defy the laws of physics. Slippery and
wet roads are dangerous even with the brake assist system! Therefore, it is
essential that you adjust your speed to suit the road and traffic conditions.
Do not let the extra safety features tempt you into taking any risks when
driving.
Anti-lock brake system and traction control
ABS
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system prevents the wheels locking
during braking.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) is an important part of the vehicle’s active
safety system.
How the ABS works
If one of the wheels is turns too slowly in relation to the road speed, and is
close to locking, the system will reduce the braking pressure for this wheel.
The driver is made aware of this control process by a pulsating of the brake
pedal and audible noise. This is a deliberate warning to the driver that one or
more of the wheels is tending to lock and the ABS control function has inter-
vened. In this situation it is important to keep the brake pedal fully depressed
so the ABS can regulate the brake application. Do not “pump”.
If you brake hard on a slippery road surface, the best possible control is
retained as the wheels do not lock.
However, ABS will not necessarily guarantee shorter braking distances in all
conditions. The braking distance could even be longer if you brake on gravel
or on fresh snow covering a slippery surface.
WARNING
• The anti-lock brake system cannot defy the laws of physics. Slippery
and wet roads are dangerous even with ABS! If you notice that the ABS is
working (to counteract locked wheels under braking), you should reduce
speed immediately to suit the road and traffic conditions. Do not let the
extra safety features tempt you into taking any risks when driving.
• The effectiveness of ABS is also determined by the tyres fitted
⇒ page 198.
• If the running gear or brakes are modified, the effectiveness of the ABS
could be severely limited.
Traction control system (TCS)*
The traction control system prevents the drive wheels from
spinning when the vehicle is accelerating. The system always
includes ABS
Description and operation of the traction control system during acceleration
(TCS)
TCS reduces engine power to help prevent the drive wheels of front-wheel
drive vehicles losing traction during acceleration. The system works in the
entire speed range in conjunction with ABS. If a malfunction occurs in the
ABS, the TCS will also be inoperative.
TCS helps the vehicle to start moving, accelerate and climb a gradient in slip-
pery conditions where this may otherwise be difficult or even impossible.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 154 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Intelligent technology 155
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The TCS is switched on automatically when the engine is started. If necessary,
it may be turned on or off by briefly pushing the ESP button on the centre
console.
When the TCS is off, the warning lamp
l is lit. The TCS should normally be left
on. Only in exceptional circumstances, when the slipping of the wheels is
required, can they be disconnected using the ESP button, for example.
• With compact temporary spare wheel.
• When using the snow chains.
• When driving in deep snow or on loose surfaces
• When the vehicle is bogged-down, to free it by rocking.
The TCS should be switched on again as soon as possible.
WARNING
• It must be remembered that TCS cannot defy the laws of physics. This
should be kept in mind, particularly on slippery and wet roads and when
towing a trailer.
• Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and
the traffic situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by TCS tempt you
into taking any risks when driving, this can cause accidents.
Caution
• In order to ensure that TCS function correctly, all four wheels must be
fitted with the same tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can
cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
• Modifications to the vehicle (e.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
ciency of the ABS and TCS.
XDS*
Driveshaft differential
When taking a bend, the driveshaft differential mechanism allows the outer
wheel to turn at a higher speed than the inner wheel. In this way, the wheel
that is turning faster (outer wheel) receives less drive torque than the inner
wheel. This may mean that in certain situations the torque delivered to the
inner wheel is too high, causing the wheels to spin. On the other hand, the
outer wheel is receiving a lower drive torque than it could transmit. This
causes an overall loss of lateral grip on the front axle, resulting in understeer
or “lengthening” of the trajectory.
By using the ESP sensors and signals, the XDS system is able to detect and
correct this effect.
Through the ESP, the XDS brakes the inner wheel, thereby counteracting the
excess drive torque in this wheel. This means that the driver’s desired trajec-
tory is much more precise,
The XDS system operates in combination with the ESP and is always active,
even when the traction control, TCS, is disconnected.
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)*
General notes
The Electronic Stability Programme increases the vehicle’s
stability on the road.
The Electronic Stability Programme helps reduce the danger of skidding.
The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) consists of ABS, EDL and TCS.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 155 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Intelligent technology156
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)*
ESP reduces the danger of skidding by braking the wheels individually.
The system uses the steering wheel angle and road speed to calculate the
changes of direction desired by the driver, and constantly compares them
with the actual behaviour of the vehicle. If the desired course is not being
maintained (for instance, if the vehicle is starting to skid), then the ESP
compensates automatically by braking the appropriate wheel.
The forces acting on the braked wheel bring the vehicle back to a stable
condition. If the vehicle tends to oversteer, the system will act on the front
wheel on the outside of the turn.
WARNING
• It must be remembered that ESP cannot defy the laws of physics. This
should be kept in mind, particularly on slippery and wet roads and when
towing a trailer.
• Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and
the traffic situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by ESP tempt you
into taking any risks when driving, as this can cause accidents.
Caution
• In order to ensure that ESP functions correctly, all four wheels must be
fitted with the same tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can
cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
• Modifications to the vehicle (e.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
ciency of the ABS, EDL, ESP and TCS.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system prevents the wheels locking during braking
⇒ page 154.
Electronic differential lock (EDL)*
The electronic differential lock helps prevent the loss of trac-
tion caused if one of the driven wheels starts spinning.
EDL helps the vehicle to start moving, accelerate and climb a gradient in slip-
pery conditions where this may otherwise be difficult or even impossible.
The system will control the revolutions of the drive wheels using the ABS
sensors (in case of an EDL fault the warning lamp for ABS lights up)
⇒ page 63.
At speeds of up to approximately 80 km/h, it is able to balance out differ-
ences in the speed of the driven wheels of approximately 100 rpm caused by
a slippery road surface on one side of the vehicle. It does this by braking the
wheel which has lost traction and distributing more driving force to the other
driven wheel via the differential.
To prevent the disc brake of the braking wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts
out automatically if subjected to excessive loads. The vehicle will continue to
function normally without EDL. For this reason, the driver is not informed that
the EDL has been switched off.
The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake has cooled down.
WARNING
• When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and snow,
press the accelerator carefully. Despite EDL, the driven wheels may start to
spin. This could impair the vehicle’s stability.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 156 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Intelligent technology 157
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
• Always adapt your driving style to suit road conditions and the traffic
situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by EDL tempt you into taking
any risks when driving, this can cause accidents.
Caution
Modifications to the vehicle (e.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
ciency of the EDL. ⇒ page 175
The traction control system (TCS)
The traction control system prevents the drive wheels from spinning when the
vehicle is accelerating ⇒ page 154.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 157 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment158
Driving and the environment
Running-in
Running in a new engine
The engine needs to be run in over the first 1500 km.
Up to 1000 kilometres
– Do not drive at speeds of more than 2/3 the maximum speed.
– Do not accelerate hard.
– Avoid high engine revolutions.
– Do not tow a trailer.
From 1000 to 1500 kilometres
–Speeds can be gradually increased to the maximum road speed
or maximum permissible engine speed (rpm).
During its first few hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is
greater than later on, when all the moving parts have bedded in.
For the sake of the environment
If the engine is run in gently, its life will be increased and its oil consumption
reduced.
Braking capacity and braking distance
The braking capacity and braking distance are influenced by
driving situations and road conditions.
The efficiency of the brakes depends directly on the brake pad wear. The rate
of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions under
which the vehicle is operated and the way the vehicle is driven. If you often
drive in town traffic, drive short distances or have a sporty driving style, we
recommend that you have the thickness of your brake pads checked by an
Authorised Service Centre more frequently than recommended in the Service
Plan.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing areas of water, in
heavy rainfall or even after washing the vehicle, the effect of the brakes is
lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). In this case the
brakes should be dried by pressing the brake pedal several times.
WARNING
Longer braking distances and faults in the brake system increase the risk
of accidents.
• New brake pads must be run in and do not have the correct friction
during the first 200 km. However, the reduced braking capacity may be
compensated by pressing on the brake pedal a little harder. This also
applies when the brake pads have to be changed further on.
• If brakes are wet or frozen, or if you are driving on roads which have
been salted, braking power may be lower than normal.
• On steep slopes, if brakes are excessively used, they will overheat.
Before driving down a long steep slope, it is advisable to reduce speed and
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 158 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment 159
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
change down into a lower gear or range (depending on the type of trans-
mission). This makes use of engine braking and relieves the brakes.
• Never let the brakes “drag” by applying light pressure. Continuous
braking will cause the brakes to overheat and the braking distance will
increase. Apply and then release the brakes alternately.
• Never let the vehicle run with the engine switched off. The braking
distance is increased considerably when the brake servo is not active.
• If the brake fluid loses its viscosity and is subjected to heavy use,
vapour bubbles can form in the brake system. This reduces the efficiency of
the brakes.
• Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to the
brakes and cause them to overheat. Before purchasing accessories please
observe the relevant instructions ⇒ page 175, “Technical modifications”.
• If a brake circuit fails, the braking distance will be increased consider-
ably. Contact a specialised workshop immediately and avoid unnecessary
journeys.
Exhaust gas purification system
Catalytic converter*
To maintain the useful life of the catalytic converter
– Use only unleaded petrol with petrol engines, as lead damages
the catalytic converter.
– Do not let the fuel get too low in the tank.
– For engine oil changes, do not replenish with too much engine oil
⇒ page 188, “Topping up engine oil E”.
– Never tow the vehicle to start it, use jump leads if necessary
⇒ page 225.
If you notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the vehicle is
moving, reduce speed immediately and have the vehicle inspected at the
nearest specialised workshop. In general, the exhaust gas warning lamp will
light up when any of the described symptoms occur ⇒ page 58. If this
happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust system and escape into the envi-
ronment. The catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.
WARNING
The catalytic converter reaches very high temperatures! There is a risk of
fire.
• Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with
dry grass or flammable materials under the vehicle.
• Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the
exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust
system. These materials could catch fire when the vehicle is being driven.
Caution
Never run the fuel tank completely dry because the irregularity of the fuel
supply may cause ignition problems. This allows unburnt fuel to enter the
exhaust system, which could cause overheating and damage the catalytic
converter.
For the sake of the environment
Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a
smell of sulphur from the exhaust gas under some conditions. This depends
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 159 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment160
on the sulphur content of the fuel used. Quite often the problem can be
solved by changing to another brand of fuel.
Diesel engine particulate filter*
The diesel engine particulate filter eliminates soot produced
by burning diesel.
Your vehicle is fitted with a DPF (Diesel particulate filter) if the vehicle data
sticker (back cover of the “Maintenance Programme”) lists the PR code 7GG
or 7MG ⇒ fig. 112.
The diesel engine particulate filter eliminates most of the soot from the
exhaust gas system. Under normal driving conditions, the filter cleans itself.
If the driving conditions do not allow the filter to clean itself (for example,
multiple short trips) the filter will be obstructed by dust and pollen and the
indicator
for the diesel engine particulate filter indicator will light up. This
does not represent a fault, it is a warning that indicates that the filter has not
been able to regenerate automatically and that you must carry out a cleaning
cycle, as indicated in ⇒ page 62.
WARNING
• The diesel engine particulate filter may reach extremely high tempera-
tures; the vehicle should be parked so that the exhaust pipe does not come
into contact with flammable materials underneath the vehicle. Otherwise
there is a risk of fire.
Caution
• Your vehicle is not designed to use biodiesel fuel. Never, under any
circumstances refuel with biodiesel. The use of biodiesel fuel could damage
the engine and the fuel system. The addition of biodiesel to diesel by the
diesel producer in accordance with standard EN 590 is authorised and will
not cause damage to the engine or the fuel system.
• Using diesel fuel with a high sulphur content may significantly reduce the
working life of the diesel particulate filter. Your Authorised Service Centre will
be able to tell you which countries have diesel with a high sulphur content.
Economical and environmentally friendly
driving
Economical and environmentally friendly driving
Fuel consumption, environmental pollution and wear to the engine, brakes
and tyres depend mostly on your driving style. By adopting an economical
driving style and anticipating the traffic situation ahead, you can easily
reduce fuel consumption by 10-15%. Some tips on how to help you reduce
pollution while saving money are listed below.
Fig. 112 Vehicle data
sticker on back cover of
the Maintenance
Programme
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 160 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment 161
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Drive anticipating the traffic situation
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. When you anticipate the situa-
tion, you have to brake less often and, thus, accelerate less. If it is possible,
let the vehicle roll with a gear engaged, for example, if you see a red light
ahead. The braking effect achieved in this way helps to reduce the wear of
brakes and tyres; emissions and fuel consumption are reduced to zero
(disconnection due to inertia).
Change gear early to save energy
An effective way of saving fuel is to change up quickly through the gears.
Running the engine at high rpm in the lower gears uses an unnecessary
amount of fuel.
Manual gearbox: Change from first to second gear as quickly as possible. We
recommend that, whenever possible, you change to a higher gear upon
reaching 2000 rpm. Follow the recommended gear indication that appears on
the instrument panel ⇒ page 53.
Avoid driving at high speed
We advise you not to drive at the top speed permitted by the vehicle. Fuel
consumption, exhaust emissions and noise levels all increase very rapidly at
higher speeds. Driving at moderate speeds will help to save fuel.
Avoid idling
It is worthwhile switching off the engine when waiting in a traffic jam, at level
crossings or at traffic lights with a long red phase. The fuel saved after only
30 - 40 seconds is greater than the amount of fuel needed to restart the
engine.
The engine takes a long time to warm up when it is idling. Mechanical wear
and pollutant emissions are also especially high during this initial warm-up
phase. It is therefore best to drive off immediately after starting the engine.
Avoid running the engine at high speed.
Periodic maintenance
Periodic maintenance work guarantees that, before beginning a journey, you
will not consume more than the required amount of fuel. A well-serviced
engine gives you the benefit of improved fuel efficiency as well as maximum
reliability and an enhanced resale value.
A badly serviced engine can consume up to 10% more fuel than necessary.
Avoid short journeys
To reduce the consumption and emission of polluting gases, the engine and
the exhaust filtration systems should reach the optimum service tempera-
ture.
With the engine cold, fuel consumption is proportionally higher. The engine
does not warm up and fuel consumption does not normalise until having
driven approximately four kilometres. This is why we recommend avoiding
short trips whenever possible.
Maintain the correct tyre pressures
Bear in mind that keeping the tyres at an adequate pressure saves fuel. If the
tyre pressure is just one bar too low, fuel consumption can increase by as
much as 5%. Due to the greater rolling resistance, under-inflation also
increases tyre wear and impairs handling.
The tyre pressures should always be checked when the tyres are cold.
Do not use winter tyres all year round as they increase fuel consumption by
up to 10%.
Avoid unnecessary weight
Every kilo of extra weight will put up the fuel consumption, so it is worth
checking the luggage compartment occasionally to make sure that no unnec-
essary loads are being transported.
A roof rack is often left in place for the sake of convenience, even when it is
no longer needed. At a speed of 100-120 km/h your vehicle will use about
12% more fuel as a result of the extra wind resistance caused by the roof rack
even when it is not in use.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 161 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment162
Save electricity
The engine activates the alternator, which produces electricity. With the need
for electricity, fuel consumption is also increased. Because of this, always
turn off electrical components when you do not need them. Examples of
components that use a lot of electricity are: the fan at high speeds, the rear
window heating or the seat heaters*.
Note
• If you vehicle has Start-Stop, it is not recommended to disconnect this
function.
• It is recommended to close the windows when driving at more than 60
km/h
• Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal, as the pressure can
make the plate spin, more fuel will be used and it can burn the clutch plate
lining, causing a serious fault.
• Do not hold the vehicle on a hill with the clutch, use the foot brake or hand
brake, using the latter to start. The fuel consumption will be lower and you will
prevent the clutch plate from being damaged.
• On descents, use the engine brake, changing to the gear that is more suit-
able for the slope. The fuel consumption will be lower and the brakes will not
suffer.
Environmental friendliness
Environmental protection is a top priority in the design, choice of materials
and production of your new Seat.
Design measures for economical recycling
• Joints and connections designed for easy dismantling
• Modular construction to facilitate dismantling
• Increased use of single-grade materials
• Plastic parts and elastomers are rated in accordance with ISO 1043, ISO
11469 and ISO 1629
Choice of materials
• Nearly all materials used can be recycled
• Similar types of plastics grouped together for easy recycling
• Recycled materials used in manufacture
• Reduction of volatile compounds in plastics
• CFC-free refrigerant in air conditioner
Compliance with prohibited materials regulation: cadmium, lead, mercury,
chrome VI.
Manufacturing methods
• Use of recycled material for manufacturing plastic parts
• Solvent-free cavity sealing
• Solvent-free wax for protecting the vehicles in transit
• Solvent-free adhesives
• No CFCs used in production
• Surplus materials used extensively for energy conversion and building
materials
• Overall water consumption reduced
• Heat recovery systems
• The use of water-soluble paints
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 162 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment 163
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Driving abroad
Observations
To drive abroad, the following must be taken into consideration:
• For vehicles fitted with a catalytic converter ensure that unleaded petrol is
available for the journey. See the chapter “Refuelling”. Automobile organisa-
tions will have information about service station networks selling unleaded
fuel.
• In some countries, it is possible that your vehicle model is not sold, and
therefore spare parts are not available or the Authorised Services can only
carry out limited repairs.
SEAT importers and distributors will gladly provide information about the
technical preparations that you vehicle requires and also about necessary
maintenance and repair possibilities.
Adhesive strips for headlights
If you have to drive a right-hand drive vehicle in a left-hand drive country, or
vice versa, the asymmetric dipped beam headlights will dazzle oncoming
traffic.
To prevent dazzling, you must apply stickers to certain parts of the headlight
lenses. Further information is available at your Authorised Service Centre.
In vehicles with adaptive headlights, the rotation system must previously be
disconnected. To do this, please go to a specialised workshop.
Trailer towing
What do you need to bear in mind when towing a trailer?
Your vehicle may be used to tow a trailer when fitted with the correct equip-
ment.
If the car is supplied with a factory-fitted towing bracket it will already have
the necessary technical modifications and meet the statutory requirements
for towing a trailer. If you wish to retrofit a towing bracket, consult
⇒ page 178.
Connectors
Your vehicle is fitted with a 12-pin connector for the electrical connection
between the trailer and the vehicle.
If the trailer has a 7-pin plug you will need to use an adapter cable. This is
available in any SEAT dealer.
Trailer weight / drawbar load
Never exceed the authorised trailer weight. If you do not load the trailer up to
the maximum permitted trailer weight, you can then climb correspondingly
steeper slopes.
The maximum trailer weights listed are only applicable for altitudes up to
1000 m above sea level. With increasing altitude the engine power and there-
fore the vehicle’s climbing ability are impaired because of the reduced air
density. The maximum trailer weight has to be reduced accordingly. The
weight of the vehicle and trailer combination must be reduced by 10% for
every 1000 m of height. The gross combination weight is the actual weight of
the laden vehicle plus the actual weight of the laden trailer. When possible,
operate the trailer with the maximum permitted drawbar load on the ball joint
of the towing bracket, but do not exceed the specified limit.
The figures for trailer weights and drawbar loads that are given on the data
plate of the towing bracket are for certification purposes only. The correct
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 163 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment164
figures for your specific model, which may be lower than these figures for the
towing bracket, are given in the vehicle documents or in ⇒ Section “Tech-
nical Data”.
Distributing the load
Distribute loads in the trailer so that heavy objects are as near to the axle as
possible. Loads carried in the trailer must be secured to prevent them
moving.
Tyre pressure
Set tyre pressure to the maximum permissible pressure shown on the sticker
on the inside of the fuel tank flap. Set the tyre pressure of the trailer tyres in
accordance with the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.
Exterior mirrors
Check whether you can see enough of the road behind the trailer with the
standard mirrors. If this is not the case, you should have additional mirrors
fitted. Both exterior mirrors should be mounted on hinged extension
brackets. Adjust the mirrors to give sufficient vision to the rear.
WARNING
Never transport people in a trailer. This could result in fatal accidents.
Note
• Towing a trailer places additional demands on the vehicle. We recom-
mend additional services between the normal inspection intervals if the
vehicle is used frequently for towing a trailer.
• Find out whether special regulations apply to towing a trailer in your
country.
Ball coupling of towing bracket*
The ball coupling is provided with instructions on fitting and removing the
ball coupling of the towing bracket.
WARNING
The towing bracket ball coupling must be stored securely in the luggage
compartment to prevent them being flung through the vehicle and causing
injury.
Note
• By law, the ball coupling must be removed if a trailer is not being towed
and it obscures the number plate.
Driving tips
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care.
Weight distribution
The weight distribution of a loaded trailer with an unladen vehicle is very
unfavourable. However, if this cannot be avoided, drive extra slowly to allow
for the unbalanced weight distribution.
Speed
The stability of the vehicle and trailer is reduced with increasing speed. For
this reason, it is advisable not to drive at the maximum permissible speed in
an unfavourable road, weather or wind conditions. This applies especially
when driving downhill.
You should always reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest
sign of snaking. Never try to stop the “snaking” by increasing speed.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 164 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Driving and the environment 165
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Always brake in due course. If the trailer has an overrun brake, apply the
brakes gently at first and then, firmly. This will prevent the jerking that can be
caused by the trailer wheels locking. Select a low gear in due course before
going down a steep downhill. This enables you to use the engine braking to
slow down the vehicle.
Reheating
At very high temperatures and during prolonged slopes, driving in a low gear
and high engine speed, always monitor the coolant temperature gauge
⇒ page 49.
Electronic Stability Programme*
The ESP* system helps to stabilise the trailer in case of skidding or rocking.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 165 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning166
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning
General notes
Regular washing and care help maintain the value of your
vehicle.
Vehicle maintenance
Regular care and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle. This may
also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty claims in the
event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
The best way to protect your vehicle against the harmful effects of the envi-
ronment is through correct maintenance and frequent washing. The longer
substances such as insect remains, bird droppings, resinous tree sap, road
dirt, industrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive materials
remain on the vehicle, the more damage they do to the paintwork. High
temperatures (for instance in strong sunlight) further intensify the corrosive
effect.
After winter, a period when salt is put on the roads, it is important to have the
underside of the vehicle washed thoroughly.
Products for vehicle maintenance
Car care products are available in your Authorised Service Centre. Keep the
product instructions until you have used them up.
WARNING
• Car care products can be toxic. Because of this, they must always be
kept closed in their original container. Keep them out of the reach of chil-
dren. Failure to comply could result in poisoning.
• Always read and observe the instructions and warnings on the package
before using vehicle care products. Improper use could cause health prob-
lems or damage the vehicle. The use of certain products may produce
noxious vapours; they should be used in well ventilated areas.
• Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, nail varnish remover or other
volatile fluids. These are toxic and highly flammable. Risk of fire and explo-
sion.
• Before washing your vehicle, or carrying out any maintenance, switch
the engine off, apply the handbrake firmly and remove the key from the
ignition.
Caution
Never attempt to remove dirt, mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle is dry.
Never use a dry cloth or sponge for cleaning purposes. This could damage the
paintwork or the windows of your vehicle. Soak dirt, mud or dust with plenty
of water.
For the sake of the environment
• When purchasing products for your vehicle maintenance, select the ones
which are not harmful to the environment.
• The waste from car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary
household waste. Observe the disposal information on the package.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 166 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning 167
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Vehicle exterior maintenance
Automatic car washing tunnel
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed
without problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. However, the paintwork
wear depends to a large extent on the kind of the car wash tunnel, the
brushes used, its water filtering and the type of cleaning and preservative
products.
Before going through a car wash, be sure to take the usual precautions such
as closing the windows and sunroof. There is nothing to note apart from that.
If the vehicle has special accessories such as spoilers or a roof rack or two-
way radio aerial, etc., it is advisable to consult the car wash tunnel operator.
After washing, the brakes could take some time to respond as the brake discs
and pads could be wet, or even frozen in winter. Dry the brakes by braking
several times.
WARNING
Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of acci-
dent.
Caution
Before putting the vehicle through the car washing tunnel, do not tighten the
aerial if it is folded because it can be damaged.
Washing by hand
Vehicle washing
– First soften the dirt and rinse it off with water.
– Clean your vehicle from top to bottom with a soft sponge, a glove
or a brush. Use very light pressure.
– Rinse the sponge or glove often with clean water.
– Special car shampoo should only be used for very stubborn dirt.
– Leave the wheels, sill panels etc. until last, using a different
sponge or glove.
– Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with water.
– Dry the vehicle surface gently with a chamois leather.
–In cold temperature, dry the rubber seals and their surfaces to
prevent them from freezing. Apply silicone spray to the rubber
seals.
After washing the vehicle
– After washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry the brakes
by braking several times ⇒ page 158, “Braking capacity and
braking distance”.
WARNING
• Wash your vehicle with the ignition switched off.
• Protect your hands and arms from cuts on sharp metal edges when
cleaning the underbody, the inside of the wheel housings etc. Risk of
injury.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 167 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning168
• Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of
accident.
Caution
• Never remove dirt, mud or dust if the vehicle surface is dry. Never use a
dry cloth or sponge for cleaning purposes. This could scratch the paintwork
or glass on your vehicle.
• Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: when washing the vehicle with
a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the
doors, tailgate, or sunroof. Risk of freezing.
For the sake of the environment
To protect environment, the vehicle should be washed only in specially
provided wash bays. This prevents toxic, oil-laden waste water entering the
sewerage system. In some places, washing vehicles outside wash bays is
prohibited.
Note
Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.
Washing the vehicle with a high pressure cleaner
Be particularly careful when using a high pressure cleaner!
– Always observe the instructions for the high-pressure cleaner,
particularly those concerning the pressure and the spraying
distance.
– Increase the spraying distance for soft materials and painted
bumpers.
– Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from
windows ⇒ page 169.
– Never use concentrated jet nozzles (“rotating jets”) ⇒ .
– After washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry the brakes
by braking several times ⇒ page 158.
WARNING
• Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet (“rotating nozzle”). Even at
large spraying distances and short cleaning times, visible and invisible
damage can occur to the tyres. This may cause an accident.
• Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of
accident.
Caution
• Do not use water hotter than 60 °C. This could damage the vehicle.
• To avoid damage to the vehicle, keep a sufficient distance from sensitive
materials such as flexible hoses, plastic, soundproofing material, etc. This is
also important for bumpers painted in the colour of the bodywork. The closer
the nozzle is to the surface, the greater the wear on the material.
Vehicle paint maintenance
Regular waxing protects the paintwork.
You need to apply wax to your vehicle if water does not form small drops and
run off the paintwork when it is clean.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 168 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning 169
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Good quality hard wax products are available at your Authorised Service
Centre.
Regular wax applications help to protect the paintwork from environmental
contaminants ⇒ page 166. It is also effective in protecting against minor
scratches.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the vehicle washing tunnel, it is
advisable to protect the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
Polishing the paintwork
Polishing brings back gloss to the paintwork.
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss cannot
be brought back by applying wax. Polishing products can be purchased in
your Authorised Service Centre.
The vehicle must be waxed after polishing if the polish used does not contain
wax compounds to seal the paint ⇒ page 168, “Vehicle paint maintenance”.
Caution
To prevent damage to the paintwork:
• Do not use polishes and hard wax on painted parts with a matte finish or
on plastic parts.
• Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
Caring for plastic parts
Solvents damage plastic parts.
If normal washing fails to clean plastic parts, clean them with approved
solvent-free plastic cleaning and care products.
Caution
• The use of liquid air freshener directly over the air vents of the vehicle may
damage the plastic parts if the liquid is accidentally spilled.
• Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Cleaning windows
– Moisten the windows with commercially available, alcohol based
glass cleaner.
– Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth.
Removing snow
– Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and mirrors.
Removing ice
–Use a de-icer spray.
Use a clean cloth or chamois leather to dry the windows. The chamois
leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable to clean windows because
they are soiled with wax deposits which could smear the windows.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 169 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning170
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper, push
it in one direction only without swinging it.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and sili-
cone deposits off.
Wax deposits can be removed with a special cleaner available in your Author-
ised Service Centre. Wax deposits on the windscreen could cause the wiper
blades to judder. Adding a window cleaner that dissolves wax to the wind-
screen washer fluid prevents wiper blades from juddering, but wax deposits
are not removed.
Caution
• Never use warm or hot water to remove snow and ice from windows and
mirrors. This could cause the glass to crack!
• The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of the
window. To prevent damage, do not put stickers on the heating elements
inside the window.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
Clean wiper blades improve visibility.
1. Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen
wiper blades.
2. Use window cleaner to clean the windscreen wiper blades. Use a
sponge or a cloth to remove stubborn dirt.
Rubber seals maintenance
If rubber seals are well looked after, they will not freeze so
quickly.
1. Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the rubber seals.
2. Apply a specialist care product to the rubber seals.
The rubber strips on the doors, windows, bonnet and tailgate will remain
pliable and last longer if they are treated with a suitable care product (for
example silicone spray).
Caring for rubber seals will also prevent premature ageing and leaks. The
doors will be easier to open. If rubber seals are well looked after, they will not
freeze so quickly in winter.
Door lock cylinders
The door lock cylinders can freeze up in winter.
To de-ice the lock cylinders you should only use spray with lubricating and
anti-corrosive properties.
Cleaning chrome parts
1. Clean chrome parts with a damp cloth.
2. Polish chrome parts with a soft, dry cloth.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 170 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning 171
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
If this does not provide satisfying results, use a specialist chrome cleaning
product. Chrome cleaning products will remove stains from the surface.
Caution
To prevent scratching chrome surfaces:
• Never use an abrasive cleaning product on chrome.
• Do not clean or polish chrome parts in a sandy or dusty environment.
Steel wheel rims
– Clean steel wheel rims regularly using a separate sponge.
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Any damage to the paint on
steel wheel rims should be repaired before starting to rust.
WARNING
• Never wash tyres with a cylindrical jet. Even at large spraying distances
and short cleaning times, visible and invisible damage can occur to the
tyres. This may cause an accident.
• Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of
accident. Directly after washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry the
brakes by braking several times ⇒ page 158, “Braking capacity and
braking distance”.
Alloy wheels
Every two weeks
– Wash salt and brake dust from alloy wheels.
– Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims.
Every three months
– Apply a hard wax compound to the wheels.
Alloy wheels require regular attention to preserve their appearance. If road
salt and brake dust are not often removed, the aluminium finish will be
impaired.
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheels.
Car polish or other abrasive agents should not be used. If the protective
coating is damaged, e.g. by flying stones, the damaged area should be
repaired immediately.
WARNING
• Never wash tyres with a cylindrical jet. Even at large spraying distances
and short cleaning times, visible and invisible damage can occur to the
tyres. This may cause an accident.
• Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of
accident. Directly after washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry the
brakes by braking several times ⇒ page 158, “Braking capacity and
braking distance”.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 171 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning172
Underbody protection
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical
and mechanical damage.
The protective coating can be damaged when driving. We recommend you to
check the protective coating under the body and on the running gear, and
reinstated if necessary, before and after the winter season.
We recommend you to go to your Authorised Service Centre to carry out repair
work and additional anti-corrosion work.
WARNING
Do not apply underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes,
catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system. The heat of
the exhaust system or the engine could cause them to ignite. Risk of fire.
Cleaning the engine compartment
Take special care when cleaning the engine compartment.
Anti-corrosion treatment
The engine compartment and the surface of the power unit are given anti-
corrosion treatment at the factory.
Good corrosion protection is particularly important in winter when the vehicle
is frequently driven on salted roads. To prevent the salt corroding the vehicle,
the entire engine compartment should be thoroughly cleaned before and
after winter.
Your Authorised Ser vice Centre has got the necessary equipment to provide
the correct cleaning and preserving products. For this reason, we recommend
having this work performed by them.
The anti-corrosion protection is usually removed if the engine compartment
is cleaned with grease removing solutions, or if you have the engine cleaned.
On commissioning this work, ensure that all surfaces, seams, joints and
components in the engine compartment are given anti-corrosion treatment.
WARNING
• When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety
warnings ⇒ page 183.
• Before opening the bonnet, switch the engine off, apply the handbrake
firmly and always remove the key from the ignition.
• Allow the engine to cool before you clean the engine compartment.
• Do not clean the vehicle underbody, wheel arches or wheel trims
without protecting your hands and arms. You may cut yourself on sharp-
edged metal parts. Failure to comply could result in injury.
• Moisture, ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency. Risk
of accident. Directly after washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking.
• Never touch the radiator fan. It is temperature-controlled and could
start automatically, even when the key is removed from the ignition!
For the sake of the environment
Fuel, grease and oil deposits could be removed when the engine is washed.
The polluted water must be cleaned in an oil separator. For this reason,
engine washing should only be carried out at a specialised workshop or an
adequate petrol station.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 172 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning 173
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Vehicle interior maintenance
Plastic parts and dash panel cleaning
– Use a clean, damp cloth to clean plastic parts and the dash
panel.
– If this does not provide satisfactory results, use a special
solvent-free plastic cleaning product.
WARNING
Never clean the dash panel and the airbag module surface with cleaners
containing solvents. Solvents cause the surface to become porous. If the
airbag triggered, plastic parts could become detached and cause injuries.
Caution
Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
Wooden trim cleaning*
– Clean the wooden trim with a water-moistened clean cloth.
– If this does not provide satisfactory results, use a gentle soap
solution.
Caution
Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
Cloth seat covers and fabric trim cleaning
Cloth seat covers and fabric trim on the doors, headlining etc. can be cleaned
with a special interior cleaner or with dry foam and a soft brush.
Cleaning the radio and climate controls
To clean the radio and/or climate controls, use a soft damp cloth. For more
resistant dirt, a neutral soap solution may be used.
Leather cleaning*
Normal cleaning
– Moisten a cotton or woollen cloth with water and wipe over the
leather surfaces.
Cleaning stubborn stains
– More stubborn dirt can be removed using a mild soap solution
(pure liquid soap; two tablespoons diluted in one litre of water)
and a cloth.
– Do not let the water soak through the leather or soak into the
seams.
– Then wipe off with a soft, dry cloth.
Leather maintenance
– The leather should be treated twice a year with a special leather-
care product, available in your Authorised Service Centre.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 173 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Vehicle maintenance and cleaning174
– Apply these products very sparingly.
– Then wipe off with a soft, dry cloth.
SEAT does everything possible to preserve the genuine qualities of this
natural product. Due to the natural properties of the specially selected hides
employed, the finished leather has a certain sensitivity to grease and dirt, etc.
so a degree of care is required in everyday use and when looking after the
leather.
Dust and grit in the pores and seams can scratch and damage the surface. If
the vehicle is under solar radiation for long periods, the leather should be
protected to prevent it from fading. However, slight colour variations in high-
quality natural leather are normal.
Caution
• Do not use solvents, wax polish, shoe cream, spot removers or similar
products on leather.
• To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised
workshop.
Seat belt cleaning
A dirty belt may not work properly.
Check all seat belts regularly and keep them clean.
Seat belt cleaning
– Pull the dirty seat belt right out and unroll it.
– Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap solution.
–Allow it to dry.
– Do not roll the seat belt up until it is dry.
If large stains form on the belts, it will not retract correctly into the automatic
belt retractor.
WARNING
• Do not use chemical cleaning agents on the seat belts, as this can
impair the strength of the webbing. Ensure that belts do not come into
contact with corrosive fluids.
• Check the condition of the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice
that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the
belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced by a specialised workshop.
• Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself. The seat belts
must not be removed or modified in any way.
Caution
After cleaning, allow seat belts to dry completely before rolling them up.
Otherwise, the belt retractors could become damaged.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 174 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications 175
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications
Accessories and spare parts
Always consult an Authorised Service Centre before
purchasing accessories and parts.
Your vehicle is designed to offer a high standard of active and passive safety.
Before purchasing accessories and parts, and before making technical
changes to your vehicle, we recommend you to consult your Authorised
Service Centre.
SEAT dealerships will be happy to provide you with the latest information
about the use, legal requirements and recommendations from the manufac-
turer regarding accessories and parts.
We recommend you use only SEAT Approved Accessories
®
and SEAT
Approved Spare Parts
®
. This way, SEAT can guarantee that the product in
question is suitable, reliable and safe. SEAT Authorised Service Centres have
the necessary experience and facilities to ensure that parts are correctly and
professionally installed.
Despite a continuous observation of the market, SEAT is not able to assess
the reliability, safety and suitability of those parts SEAT has not approved. For
this reason, SEAT cannot assume responsibility for any non-genuine parts
used, even if these parts have been approved by an official testing agency or
are covered by an official approval certificate.
Any equipment subsequently installed which has a direct effect on the
driver's control of the vehicle (e.g. cruise control system or electronically-
controlled suspension) must be approved by SEAT and bear the e mark (the
European Union's authorisation symbol).
Any additional electrical components that do not affect the control of the
vehicle itself (e.g. refrigerator box, laptop, ventilator fan, etc.), must bear the
CE mark (European Union manufacturer conformity declaration).
WARNING
Accessories, for example telephone holders or cup holders, should never
be fitted on the covers, or within the working range, of the airbags. Other-
wise, there is a danger of injury if the airbag is triggered in an accident.
Technical modifications
Modifications must always be carried out according to our
specifications.
Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the
vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the electronic components
are linked together in networks, other indirect systems may be affected by the
faults. This can seriously impair safety, lead to excessive wear of compo-
nents, and also invalidate your vehicle registration documents.
SEAT Authorised Service Centres cannot be held liable for any damage
caused by modifications and/or work incorrectly performed.
For this reason, we recommend that all work should be performed by an
Authorised Service Centre using Genuine SEAT
®
approved parts and acces-
sories.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 175 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications176
WARNING
Incorrectly performed modifications or other kind of work on your vehicle
can lead to malfunctions and cause accidents.
Roof aerial*
The vehicle can be fitted with a foldable* and anti-theft* roof aerial, which
can be folded backwards, when, for example, going through an automatic
carwash.
To fold
Unscrew the aerial rod, tilting it backwards into a horizontal position and then
screw in again.
To return to working position
Continue in the reverse order to the previous instruction.
Caution
If an automatic car wash tunnel is used, before entering the tunnel, put the
aerial down parallel to the roof and do not tighten to avoid damage.
Mobile telephones and two-way radios
You will require an external aerial for mobile phones and two-
way radios.
SEAT has approved for your vehicle the use of mobile telephones and two-way
radios providing under the following conditions:
• The correct installation of an external aerial,
• transmitting power of maximum 10 watts.
An only external aerial is needed to give the equipment its optimal reach.
First consult your Authorised Service Centre if you wish to use a mobile tele-
phone or a two-way radio with a transmitting power output in excess of
10 watts. Here you will receive information concerning the technical possibil-
ities for retrofitting this equipment.
Mobile telephones and two-way radios should be only fitted by a specialised
workshop, for example an Authorised Service Centre.
WARNING
•
Always concentrate primarily on driving. If you are distracted while
driving you could have an accident.
• Never attach the telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the
airbag units or within the range of the airbags. There is a high danger of
injury if the airbag is triggered.
• Using your mobile telephones or two-way radios in the vehicle without
an external aerial, electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle could exceed
authorised limits. This also may occur to external aerials that have not
been correctly installed.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 176 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications 177
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Caution
Failure to consider the above-mentioned conditions could cause the elec-
tronics to malfunction. The most common causes of faults are:
• no external aerial,
• external aerial incorrectly installed,
• transmitting power output in excess of 10 watts.
Note
Please observe the operating instructions of your mobile telephone / two-way
radio.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 177 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications178
Fitting a towing bracket*
It is possible to fit a towing bracket to the rear of the vehicle.
Fig. 113 Attachment
points for towing bracket
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 178 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications 179
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
If a towing bracket is to be fitted after the vehicle is purchased, this must be
completed according to the instructions of the towing bracket manufacturer.
The attachment points for the towing bracket are on the lower part of the
vehicle.
The distance between the centre of the ball coupling and the ground should
never be lower than the indicated value, even with a fully loaded vehicle and
including the maximum drawbar load.
Elevation values for securing the towing bracket:
65 mm (minimum)
from 350 mm to 420 mm (fully loaded vehicle)
959 mm
438 mm
209 mm
Fitting a towing bracket
• Driving with a trailer involves an extra effort for the vehicle. Therefore,
before fitting a towing bracket, please contact an Authorised Service Centre
to check whether your cooling system needs modification.
• The legal requirements in your country must be observed (e.g. the fitting
of a separate warning lamp).
• Certain vehicle components, e.g. the rear bumper, must be removed and
reinstalled. The towing bracket securing bolts must be tightened using a
torque wrench, and a power socket must be connected to the vehicle's elec-
trical system. This requires specialised knowledge and tools.
• Figures in the illustration show the elevation value and the attachment
points which must be considered if you are retrofitting a towing bracket.
WARNING
The towing brackets should be fitted at a specialised workshop.
• If the towing bracket is incorrectly installed, there is serious danger of
accident.
• For your own safety, please observe the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the towing bracket.
Caution
• If the power socket is incorrectly installed, this could cause damage to the
vehicle's electrical system.
Note
Due to the specific design of the exhaust, the fitting of a conventional towing
bracket is not recommended for some sports versions. Please consult your
Technical Service.
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
E
A
F
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 179 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels180
Checking and refilling levels
Refuelling
The tank flap is released manually. The tank holds approxi-
mately 45 litres.
Unscrewing the tank cap
– Lift the lid.
– Hold the cap firmly with one hand, then insert the key into the
lock and rotate 180° to the left.
– Unscrew the cap, turning it anti-clockwise.
Closing the tank cap
– Screw the tank cap to the right, until the point of feeling a “click”.
– Turn the key in the lock, without releasing the cap, clockwise
through 180°.
– Remove the key and close the flap until it clicks into place. The
tank cap is secured with an anti-loss attachment
The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.
If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off as
soon as the tank is “full”. Never attempt to fill beyond this point, as this will
fill the expansion chamber. Fuel may leak out if ambient conditions are warm.
The correct fuel grade for your vehicle is given on a sticker on the inside of the
fuel tank flap.
WARNING
• Fuel is highly flammable and can cause serious burns and other inju-
ries.
− Never smoke or use an open flame when filling the fuel tank of the
vehicle, or a spare fuel canister, with fuel. This is an explosion hazard.
− Follow legal requirements for the use of spare fuel canisters.
− For safety reasons we do not recommend carrying a spare fuel
canister in the vehicle. The canister could be damaged in an accident
and leak.
• If, in exceptional circumstances, you have to carry a spare fuel canister,
please observe the following points:
− Never fill the spare fuel canister inside the vehicle or on it. An elec-
trostatic charge could build up during filling, causing the fuel fumes to
ignite. This could cause an explosion. Always place the canister on the
ground to fill it.
Fig. 114 Tank flap open
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 180 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 181
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
− Insert the fuel nozzle into the mouth of the canister as far as
possible.
− If the spare fuel canister is made of metal, the filling nozzle must be
in contact with the canister during filling. This helps prevent an electro-
static charge building up.
− Never spill fuel in the vehicle or in the luggage compartment. Fuel
vapours are explosive. Danger of death.
Caution
• Fuel spills should be removed from the paintwork immediately.
• Never run the tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply could cause
misfiring. As a result, unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and
cause damage.
• When filling the fuel tank after having run it completely dry on a vehicle
with a diesel engine the ignition must be switched on for at least 30 seconds
without starting the engine. When you then start the engine it may take
longer than normal (up to one minute) for the engine to start firing. This is due
to the fact that the fuel system has to purge itself of air before starting.
For the sake of the environment
Do not try to put in more fuel after the automatic filler nozzle has switched off;
this may cause the fuel to overflow if it becomes warm.
Petrol
Petrol types
The correct petrol types are listed on a sticker inside the fuel
tank flap.
Only unleaded petrol conforming to standard DIN EN 228 may be used for
vehicles with catalytic converters (EN = “European Standard”).
Fuel types are differentiated by the octane rating, e.g: 91, 95, 98 RON (RON
= “Research Octane Number”, unit for determining the knock resistance of
petrol). You may use petrol with a higher octane number than the one recom-
mended for your engine. However, this has no advantage in terms of fuel
consumption and engine power.
Caution
• Even one tankful of leaded fuel would permanently impair the efficiency
of the catalytic converter.
• High engine speed and full throttle can damage the engine when using
petrol with an octane rating lower than the correct grade for the engine.
For the sake of the environment
Just one full tank of leaded fuel would seriously impair the efficiency of the
catalytic converter.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 181 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels182
Petrol additives
Petrol additives improve the quality of the petrol.
The quality of the petrol influences the performance, power and life of the
engine. For this reason, you should use good quality petrol containing addi-
tives. These additives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system
clean and prevent deposits from building up in the engine.
If good quality petrol with additives is not available or engine problems occur,
the required additives must be added during refuelling.
Diesel
Diesel*
Diesel fuel must conform to DIN EN 590 (EN = “European Standard”). It must
have a cetane number (CN) of at least 51. The cetane number indicates the
ignition quality of the diesel fuel.
Notes on refuelling ⇒ page 180.
Biodiesel*
Caution
• Your vehicle is not designed to use biodiesel fuel. Never, under any
circumstances refuel with biodiesel. The use of biodiesel fuel could damage
the engine and the fuel system. The addition of biodiesel to diesel fuel by the
diesel manufacturer in accordance with standard EN 590 or DIN 51628 is
authorised and will not cause damage to the engine or the fuel system.
• The diesel engine has been designed to be used exclusively with diesel
fuel conforming to standard EN 590. Never refuel or use petrol, kerosene, fuel
oil or any other type of fuel. If you accidentally fill up the vehicle with the
wrong type of fuel, do not start the engine. Seek assistance from specialised
personnel. The composition of these fuels may severely damage the fuel
system and the engine.
Winter driving
Diesel can thicken in winter.
Winter diesel
When using summer diesel fuel, difficulties may be experienced at tempera-
tures below 0 °C because the fuel thickens due to wax separation. Therefore,
winter diesel fuel is available in some countries during the cold months. It can
be used at temperatures as low as -22 °C.
In countries with different climatic conditions the diesel fuel generally sold
has different temperature characteristics. Check with an Authorised Service
Centre or filling stations in the country concerned regarding the type of diesel
fuels available.
Filter pre-heater
Your vehicle is fitted with a fuel filter glow plug system, making it well
equipped for operation in winter. This ensures that the fuel system remains
operational to approx. -24 °C, provided you use winter diesel which is safe to
-15 °C.
However, if the fuel has waxed to such an extent that the engine will not start
at temperatures of under -24 °C, simply place the vehicle in a warm place for
a while.
Caution
Do not mix fuel additives (thinners or similar products) with diesel fuel.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 182 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 183
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Working in the engine compartment
Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the
engine must be carried out cautiously.
Before starting any work on the engine or in the engine compart-
ment:
1. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Apply the handbrake.
3. Move the gear lever to neutral or the selector lever to position P.
4. Wait for the engine to cool down.
5. Keep children away from the vehicle.
6. Raise the bonnet ⇒ page 185.
You should not do any work in the engine compartment unless you know
exactly how to carry out the jobs and have the correct tools! Have the work
carried out by a specialised workshop if you are uncertain.
All service fluids and consumables, e.g. coolant, engine oil, spark plugs and
batteries, are being constantly developed. SEAT provides a constant flow of
information to the Authorised Service Centres concerning modifications. For
this reason, we recommend you to have service fluids and consumables
replaced by an Authorised Service Centre. Please observe the relevant
instructions ⇒ page 175. The engine compartment of the vehicle is a
hazardous area ⇒ .
WARNING
All work on the engine or in the engine compartment, e.g. checking and
refilling fluids, involves a risk of injury and scalding as well as the risk of
accident or fire.
• Never open the bonnet if you see steam, smoke or coolant escaping
from the engine compartment. Otherwise, there is a risk of sustaining
burns. Wait until no more steam or coolant is emitted, then allow the
engine to cool before carefully opening the bonnet.
• Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
• Apply the handbrake and move the gear lever to neutral or selector
lever to position P.
• Keep children away from the vehicle.
• Never touch hot engine parts. There is a risk of burns.
• Never spill liquids on a hot engine or on a hot exhaust gas system. This
is a fire hazard.
• Avoid causing short-circuits in the electrical system, particularly at the
points where the jump leads are attached ⇒ page 226. The battery could
explode.
• Never touch the radiator fan. It is temperature controlled and could
start automatically, even when the engine has been switched off and the
key removed from the ignition!
• Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant reservoir when the engine is hot.
If the coolant is hot, the cooling system will be pressurised!
• Protect face, hands and arms by covering the cap with a large, thick
cloth to protect against escaping coolant and steam.
• Always make sure you have not left any objects, such as cleaning cloths
and tools, in the engine compartment.
• If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!. A
hydraulic jack is insufficient for securing the vehicle and there is a risk of
injury.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 183 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels184
• If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with the
engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk from the
rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., and
from the high-voltage ignition system. You should also observe the
following points:
− Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
− Ensure that jewellery, loose clothing and long hair do not get
trapped in rotating engine parts. Danger of death. Before starting any
work remove jewellery, tie back and cover hair, and wear tight-fitting
clothes.
− Never accelerate with a gear engaged without taking the necessary
precautions. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
Danger of death.
• If work has to be carried out on the fuel system or on electrical compo-
nents, you must observe the following safety notes in addition to the above
warnings:
− Always disconnect the battery. The vehicle must be unlocked when
this is done, otherwise the alarm will be triggered.
− Do not smoke.
− Never work near naked flames.
− Always have a fire extinguisher on hand.
Caution
When topping up service fluids, make sure not to mistake them. Using the
wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
For the sake of the environment
Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you
should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. If you
find spots of oil or other fluids, have your vehicle inspected at a specialised
workshop.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 184 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 185
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Opening the bonnet
The bonnet is released from inside the vehicle.
Before opening the bonnet ensure that the windscreen wipers are in
rest position.
– To release the bonnet, pull the lever under the dash panel
⇒ page 185, fig. 115 in the direction indicated (arrow). The
bonnet will be released by a spring action ⇒ .
– Lift the bonnet using the release lever (arrow) and open the
bonnet.
– Release the bonnet stay and secure it in fixture designed for this
in the bonnet.
WARNING
Hot coolant can scald!
• Never open the bonnet if you see steam, smoke or coolant escaping
from the engine compartment.
• Wait until no more steam, smoke or coolant is emitted from the bonnet,
then carefully open the bonnet.
• When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety
warnings ⇒ page 183.
Closing the bonnet
– Slightly raise the bonnet
– Release the bonnet stay and replace it in its support.
– At a height of about 30 cm let it fall so it is locked.
Fig. 115 Bonnet opening
lever
Fig. 116 Bonnet support
rod
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 185 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels186
If the bonnet does not close, do not press downwards. Open it once more and
let it fall as before.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not closed properly, it could open while you are driving and
completely obscure your view of the road. Risk of accident.
• After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured. The
bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body panels.
• If you notice that the bonnet latch is not secured when the vehicle is
moving, stop the vehicle immediately and close the bonnet properly. Risk
of accident.
Engine oil
General notes
The engine comes with a special, high quality, multi grade oil that can be
used in all seasons of the year except for those regions affected by extreme
cold.
As the use of good quality oil is necessary for the correct operation and long
service life of the engine, when it becomes necessary to replenish or change
the oil, always use an oil that complies with VW standards.
The specifications (VW standards) set out in the following page should
appear on the container of the service oil; when the container displays the
specific standards for petrol and diesel engines together, it means that the
oil can be used for both types of engines.
We recommend that the oil change, indicated in the Maintenance
Programme, be performed by an Authorised Service Centre or a specialised
workshop.
The correct oil specifications for your engine are listed in ⇒ page 187, “Oil
properties”.
Service intervals
Service intervals can be flexible (LongLife service) or fixed (dependent on
time/distance travelled).
If the PR code that appears on the back of the Maintenance Programme
booklet is QG1, this means that your vehicle has the LongLife service
programmed. If it has the codes QG0 or QG2 the interval service is dependent
on time/distance travelled.
Flexible service intervals (LongLife*)
Special oils and processes have been developed which, depending on the
characteristics and individual driving profiles, allow to extend the oil change
service (LongLife service intervals).
Because this oil is essential for extending the service intervals, it must only
be used observing the following indications:
• Avoid mixing it with oil for fixed service intervals.
• Only in exceptional circumstances, if the engine oil level is too low
⇒ page 187 and LongLife oil is not available, it is permitted to top up (once)
with oil for fixed service intervals ⇒ page 187 (up to a maximum of 0.5
litres).
Fixed service intervals*
If your vehicle does not have the “LongLife service interval” or it has been
disabled (by request), you may use oils for fixed service intervals, which also
appear in ⇒ page 187, “Oil properties”. In this case, your vehicle must be
serviced after a fixed interval of 1 year / 15,000 km (whatever comes first)
⇒ Booklet “Maintenance Programme”.
• In exceptional circumstances, if the engine oil level is too low
⇒ page 187 and you cannot obtain the oil specified for your vehicle, you can
put in a small quantity of oil conforming to the specification ACEA A2 or
ACEA A3 (petrol engines) or ACEA B3 or ACEA B4 (diesel engines) (up to 0.5 l).
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 186 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 187
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Vehicles with diesel particulate filter*
The “Maintenance Programme” states whether your vehicle is fitted with a
diesel particulate filter.
Only VW 507 00 engine oil, with reduced ash formation, may be used in
diesel engines equipped with particulate filter. Using other types of oil will
cause a higher soot concentration and reduce the life of the DPF. Therefore:
• Avoid mixing this oil with other engine oils.
• Only in exceptional circumstances, if the engine oil level is too low
⇒ page 187 and you cannot obtain the oil specified for your vehicle, you can
use a small quantity of oil (once) conforming to the VW 506 00, VW 506 01,
VW 505 00, VW 505 01 or ACEA B3 / ACEA B4 specification. (up to 0.5 l).
Oil properties
Engine oil additives
No type of additive should be mixed with the engine oil. The deterioration
caused by these additives is not covered by the warranty.
Note
Before a long trip, we recommend finding an engine oil that conforms to the
corresponding VW specifications and keeping it in the vehicle. This way, the
correct engine oil will always be available for a top-up if needed.
Checking the engine oil level
The engine oil dipstick indicates the level of the oil.
Checking oil level
– Park the vehicle in a horizontal position.
Engine type Specification
Petrol without flexible service inter-
val
VW 502 00/ VW 504 00
Petrol with flexible service interval
(LongLife)
VW 504 00
Diesel. Engines without Particulate
filter (DPF)
VW 505 01 / VW 506 01 / VW 507 00
Diesel. Engines with particulate filter
(DPF)
With or without flexible service inter-
val (with or without LongLife)
a)
a)
Only use recommended oils, otherwise you may damage the engine.
VW 507 00
Fig. 117 Engine oil
dipstick
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 187 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels188
– Briefly run the engine at idle speed until the service temperature
is reached and stop.
– Wait two minutes.
– Pull out the dipstick. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth and
insert it again, pushing it in as far as it will go.
– Then pull it out once more and check the oil level ⇒ fig. 117. Top
up with engine oil if necessary.
Oil level in area
–Do not add oil.
Oil level in area
–Oil can be topped up. The indicated oil level should be after the zone
Oil level in area
–Oil must be topped up. The indicated oil level should be after in zone
Depending on how you drive and the conditions in which the vehicle is used,
oil consumption can be up to 0.5 l/1000 km. Oil consumption is likely to be
higher for the first 5000 km. For this reason the engine oil level must be
checked at regular intervals, preferably when filling the tank and before a
journey.
WARNING
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be
carried out cautiously.
• When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety
warnings ⇒ page 183.
Caution
If the oil level is above the area do not start the engine. This could result
in damage to the engine and catalytic converter. Contact an Authorised
Service Centre.
Topping up engine oil E
Top up gradually with small quantities of oil.
Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings ⇒ in
“Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment” on
page 183.
– Unscrew cap from oil filler opening ⇒ fig. 118.
– Top-up oil in small amounts, using the correct oil.
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
Fig. 118 In the engine
compartment: Engine oil
filler cap
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 188 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 189
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– To avoid over-filling with engine oil, you should top-up using
small quantities, wait a while and check the oil level before
adding any more oil.
– As soon as the oil level is in area , carefully close the cap.
The position of the oil filler opening is shown in the corresponding engine
compartment illustration ⇒ page 235.
Engine oil specification ⇒ page 187.
WARNING
Oil is highly inflammable! Ensure that no oil comes into contact with hot
engine components when topping up.
Caution
If the oil level is above the area do not start the engine. This could result
in damage to the engine and catalytic converter. Contact a specialised work-
shop.
For the sake of the environment
The oil level must never be above area . Otherwise oil can be drawn in
through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the
exhaust system.
Changing engine oil
The engine oil must be changed at the intervals given in the
service schedule.
We recommend that you have the engine oil changed by an Authorised
Service Centre.
The oil change intervals are shown in the Maintenance Programme.
WARNING
Only change the oil yourself if you have the specialist knowledge required!
• Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings
⇒ page 183, “Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment”.
• Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil may cause burn injuries.
• Wear eye protection to avoid injuries caused by splashes of oil.
• When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, keep your arm hori-
zontal to help prevent oil from running down your arm.
• Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into contact with engine oil.
• Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be stored in a safe place out of
the reach of children.
Caution
No additives should be used with engine oil. This could result in engine
damage. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be
covered by the factory warranty.
For the sake of the environment
• Because of the disposal problems, the necessary special tools and
specialist knowledge required, we recommend that you have the engine oil
and filter changed by an Authorised Service Centre.
A
B
A
A
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 189 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels190
• Never pour oil down drains or into the ground.
• Use a suitable container when draining the used oil. It must be large
enough to hold all the engine oil.
Coolant
Coolant specifications
Coolant is a mixture of water and at least 40% coolant addi-
tive.
The cooling system must be filled with a mixture of water and at least 40 % of
our coolant additive G 12++ or an additive with the specification TT-VW 774 G
(known for its purple colour). This mixture provides the necessary freeze
protection down to -25 °C and protects the alloy parts of the cooling system
against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and raises the boiling point of the
coolant.
The concentration of coolant must always be at least 40% - even if freeze
protection is not required.
If greater freeze protection is required in very cold climates, the proportion of
the G 12++ additive can be increased. However, the percentage of coolant
additives should not exceed 60%, as this would reduce the freeze protection.
It would also reduce the cooling effect. A mixture with 60% additive will give
antifreeze protection to approx. -40 °C.
WARNING
• The coolant additive is toxic. There is a toxic risk. Always keep the
coolant additive in the original container which should be stored out of the
reach of children. The same applies to coolant which you have drained off.
• The G 12++ additive must be added in sufficient quantities to provide
anti-freeze protection at the coldest ambient temperatures that can be
expected. At extremely cold outside temperatures, the coolant could
freeze, causing the vehicle to breakdown. As the heater would not work
either, there is a risk of freezing to death.
Caution
• Other additives may give considerably inferior corrosion protection. The
resulting corrosion in the cooling system can lead to a loss of coolant,
causing serious damage to the engine.
• If additive G12++ is not available, this can be mixed with G12+, bearing in
mind that the protection against corrosion will be reduced.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 190 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 191
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Checking the coolant level and topping up
The correct coolant level is important for fault-free func-
tioning of the engine cooling system.
Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings ⇒ in
“Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment” on
page 183.
Opening the coolant expansion tank
– Switch off the engine and allow it to cool.
– To prevent scalding, cover the cap on the expansion tank with a
thick cloth and carefully unscrew the cap ⇒ .
Checking coolant level
– Look into the open coolant expansion tank and read off the
coolant level.
– If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up with coolant.
Topping up coolant
–Only use new coolant liquid.
– Do not fill above the “MAX” mark.
Closing the coolant expansion tank
– Screw the cap on again tightly.
The position of the coolant expansion reservoir is shown in the corresponding
engine compartment illustration ⇒ page 235.
Ensure the coolant conforms to the required specifications. Do not use a
different type of additive if G 12++ additive is not available. In this case use
only water and bring the coolant concentration back up to the correct level as
soon as possible by putting in the specified additive.
Always top up with new coolant.
Do not fill above the “MAX” mark. Otherwise the excess coolant will be forced
out of the cooling system when the engine is hot.
The G 12++ additive can be mixed with the G 12+ in any proportion.
WARNING
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be
carried out cautiously.
• When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety
warnings ⇒ page 183.
• When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised! Do
not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot. This is
a burn injury risk.
Fig. 119 In the engine
compartment: Coolant
expansion tank cap
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 191 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels192
Caution
• If you notice a change in the colour of the liquid because it has been in
use for a long time, it is recommended to change it, as it will have lost some
of its properties and could cause damage to the vehicle.
• If a lot of coolant fluid has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down
before putting in cold coolant. This avoids damaging the engine. Large
coolant losses are an indication of leaks in the cooling system. See a special-
ised workshop immediately and have the cooling system checked. Other-
wise, there is a risk of engine damage.
Washer fluid and windscreen wiper blades
Topping up washer fluid Y
The water for cleaning the windscreen should always be
mixed with washer fluid.
The windscreen washer and the headlight washers are supplied with fluid
from the windscreen washer fluid container in the engine compartment. The
container holds approx. 2 litres; in vehicles with headlight washers* it holds
approx. 4.5 litres.
The reservoir is located on the right-hand side of the engine compartment.
Plain water is not enough to clean the windscreen and headlights. We recom-
mend that you always add a product to the windscreen washer fluid.
Approved windscreen cleaning products exist on the market with high deter-
gent and anti-freeze properties, these may be added all-year-round. Please
follow the dilution instructions on the packaging.
WARNING
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be
carried out cautiously.
• When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety
warnings ⇒ page 183.
Caution
• Never put radiator anti-freeze or other additives into the windscreen
washer fluid.
• Always use approved windscreen cleansing products diluted as per
instructions. If you use other washer fluids or soap solutions, the tiny holes
in the fan-shaped nozzles could become blocked.
Fig. 120 In the engine
compartment: Cap of
windscreen washer fluid
reservoir.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 192 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 193
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Changing windscreen wiper blades
If the windscreen wiper blades are in perfect condition, you
will benefit from an improved visibility. Damaged wiper
blades should be replaced immediately.
To change the blades it is necessary to change the rest position of
the wipers to the service position.
Service position (For changing wiper blades)
– Ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen.
– Turn ignition on and off and then (before approx. 9 sec.) move
the windscreen wiper lever to the intermittent wipe position. The
windscreen wipers will move to the service position.
Removing the wiper blade
– Lift the windscreen wiper arm.
– Press on the securing tab.
– Extract the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
Fitting the wiper blade
– Insert the wiper blade onto the windscreen wiper arm until it
clicks into place.
– Make sure that the blade faces down when fitting a blade with
integrated deflector blade.
– Place the wiper arms to their initial position.
If the windscreen wipers smear, they should be replaced if they are damaged,
or cleaned if they are soiled.
If this does not produce the desired results, the setting angle of the wind-
screen wiper arms might be incorrect. They should be checked by a special-
ised workshop and corrected if necessary.
WARNING
Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
• Clean the windscreen wiper blades and all windows regularly.
• The wiper blades should be changed once or twice a year.
Caution
• Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the windscreen.
• Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to
clean the windows. This could damage the windscreen wiper blades.
• Never move the windscreen wiper or windscreen wiper arm manually. This
could cause damage.
Fig. 121 Change wind-
screen wiper blade
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 193 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels194
Note
• The wiper arms, depending on the equipment, can only be moved to the
service position when the bonnet is completely closed.
Changing the rear wiper blade
A good rear wiper blade is essential for clear rear vision.
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately.
Removing the wiper blade
– Lift the rear wiper arm.
– Release the blade by pulling it in the direction of the arrow .
Fitting the wiper blade
– Insert the wiper blade onto the windscreen wiper arm until it
clicks into place.
Check the condition of the wiper blade regularly. Change as required.
If the windscreen wiper scrapes, it should be replaced if damaged, or cleaned
if soiled.
If this is not sufficient, refer to a specialised workshop.
WARNING
Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
• Clean the windscreen wiper blades and all windows regularly.
• The wiper blades should be changed once or twice a year.
Caution
• A damaged or dirty window wiper could scratch the rear window.
• Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to
clean the window.
• Never move the windscreen wiper by hand. This could cause damage.
Fig. 122 Changing the
rear window wiper blade
A
2
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 194 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 195
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Brake fluid
Checking the brake fluid level
The brake fluid is checked at the intervals given in the service
schedule.
– Read off the fluid level at the transparent brake fluid reservoir. It
should always be between the “MIN” and “MAX” marks.
The position of the brake fluid reservoir is shown in the corresponding engine
compartment illustration ⇒ page 235. The brake fluid reservoir has a black
and yellow cap.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used as the
brake pads are automatically adjusted as they wear.
However, if the level goes down noticeably in a short time, or drops below the
“MIN” mark, there may be a leak in the brake system. A display on the instru-
ment panel will warn you if the brake fluid level is too low ⇒ page 58.
WARNING
Before opening the bonnet to check the brake fluid level, read and observe
the warnings ⇒ page 183.
Changing the brake fluid
The Maintenance Programme indicates the brake fluid
change intervals.
We recommend that you have the brake fluid changed by an Authorised
Service Centre.
Before opening the bonnet, please read and follow the warnings ⇒ in
“Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment” on page 183 in
section “Safety notes for working in the engine compartment”.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture. In the course of time, it will absorb water from
the ambient air. If the water content in the brake fluid is too high, the brake
system could corrode. This also considerably reduces the boiling point of the
brake fluid. Heavy use of the brakes may then cause a vapour lock which
could impair the braking effect.
It is important that you use only brake fluid compliant with US standard
FMVSS 116 DOT 4. We recommend the use of Genuine SEAT brake fluid.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous. Old brake fluid impairs the braking effect.
Fig. 123 In the engine
compartment: Brake fluid
reservoir cover
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 195 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels196
• Before opening the bonnet to check the brake fluid level, read and
observe the warnings ⇒ page 183.
• Brake fluid should be stored in the closed original container in a safe
place out of reach of children. There is a toxic risk.
• Complete the brake fluid change according to the Maintenance
Programme. Heavy use of the brakes may cause a vapour lock if the brake
fluid is left in the system for too long. This would seriously affect the effi-
ciency of the brakes and the safety of the vehicle. This may cause an acci-
dent.
Caution
Brake fluid could damage the paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the
paintwork immediately.
For the sake of the environment
The brake pads and fluid must be collected and disposed of according the
applicable regulations. The SEAT Technical Service network has the necessary
equipment and qualified personnel for collecting and disposing of this waste
material.
Vehicle battery
Warnings on handling the battery
WARNING
Always be aware of the danger of injury and chemical burns as well as the
risk of accident or fire when working on the battery and the electrical
system:
• Wear eye protection. Protect your eyes, skin and clothing from acid and
particles containing lead.
• Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Wear protective gloves and
eye protection. Do not tilt the batteries. This could spill acid through the
vents. Rinse battery acid from eyes immediately for several minutes with
clear water. Then seek medical care immediately. Neutralise any acid
splashes on the skin or clothing with a soapy solution, and rinse off with
plenty of water. If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immedi-
ately.
• Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited. When handling
cables and electrical equipment, avoid causing sparks and electrostatic
WARNING (continued)
Wear eye protection
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Wear protective gloves
and eye protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited!
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery
is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batteries!
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 196 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 197
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
charge. Never short the battery terminals. High-energy sparks can cause
injury.
• A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is
under charge. The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room
only.
• Keep children away from acid and batteries.
• Before working on the electrical system, you must switch off the
engine, the ignition and all consumers. The negative cable on the battery
must be disconnected. When a light bulb is changed, you need only switch
off the light.
• Deactivate the anti-theft alarm by unlocking the vehicle before you
disconnect the battery! The alarm will otherwise be triggered.
• When disconnecting the battery from the vehicle electrical system,
disconnect first the negative cable and then the positive cable.
• Switch off all electrical consumers before reconnecting the battery.
Reconnect first the positive cable and then the negative cable. Never
reverse the polarity of the connections. This could cause an electrical fire.
• Never charge a frozen battery, or one which has thawed. This could
result in explosions and chemical burns. Always replace a battery which
has frozen. A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0 °C.
• Ensure that the vent hose is always connected to the battery.
• Never use a defective battery. This could cause an explosion. Replace a
damaged battery immediately.
• For vehicles with the battery in the luggage compartment: Check that
the battery gas ventilation hose is securely attached.
Caution
• Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine
is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic compo-
nents.
• Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time, as
the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
• If the vehicle is left standing in cold conditions for a long period, protect
the battery from freezing. If it freezes it will be damaged.
Checking the electrolyte level
The electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-
mileage vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries.
– Open the engine bonnet and the battery cover ⇒ in “Safety
instructions on working in the engine compartment” on
page 183 ⇒ in “Warnings on handling the battery” on
page 196. For vehicles with the battery under the spare wheel,
open the tailgate and lift the floor covering. The battery is located
next to the spare wheel.
– Check the colour display in the "magic eye" on the top of the
battery.
– If there are air bubbles in the window, tap the window gently until
they disperse.
The position of the battery is shown in the corresponding engine compart-
ment diagram ⇒ page 235. The location of the battery in the luggage
compartment can be seen in ⇒ page 235, fig. 160.
The “magic eye” indicator, located on the top of the battery changes colour,
depending on the charge state and electrolyte level of the battery.
There are two different colours:
• Black: correct charge status.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 197 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels198
• Transparent/clear yellow: the battery must be replaced. Contact a special-
ised workshop.
Charging and changing the vehicle battery
The battery is maintenance-free and is checked during the
inspection service. All work on the vehicle battery requires
specialist knowledge.
If you often drive short distances or if the vehicle is not driven for long
periods, the battery should be checked by a specialised workshop between
the scheduled services.
If the battery has discharged and you have problems starting the vehicle, the
battery might be damaged. If this happens, we recommend you have the
vehicle battery checked by an Authorised Service Centre where it will be re-
charged or replaced.
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as
batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be
charged in a controlled environment.
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and has
special safety features.
Genuine SEAT batteries fulfil the maintenance, performance and safety spec-
ifications of your vehicle.
WARNING
• We recommend you use only maintenance-free or cycle free leak-proof
batteries which comply with standards T 825 06 and VW 7 50 73. This
standard applies as of 2001.
• Before starting any work on the batteries, you must read and observe
the warnings ⇒ in “Warnings on handling the battery” on page 196.
For the sake of the environment
Batteries contain toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead. They
must be disposed of appropriately and must not be disposed of with ordinary
household waste.
Wheels
General notes
Avoiding damage
– If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very
slowly and at a right angle.
– Keep grease, oil and fuel off the tyres.
– Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (cuts, cracks or blisters,
etc.). Remove any foreign objects embedded in the treads.
Storing tyres
– When you remove the tyres, mark them in order to maintain the
same direction of rotation when they are installed again.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 198 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 199
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– When removed, the wheels and/or tyres should be stored in a
cool, dry and preferably dark location.
– Store tyres in a vertical position if they are not fitted on wheel
rims.
New tyres
New tyres must be run in ⇒ page 158.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of tyre
and the tread pattern.
Concealed damage
Damage to tyres and rims is often not readily visible. If you notice unusual
vibrations or the vehicle pulling to one side, this may indicate that one of the
tyres is damaged. The tyres should be checked immediately by an Authorised
Service Centre.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with
directional tread. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when
fitting the wheel. This guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua-
planing, excessive noise and wear.
WARNING
• New tyres do not have maximum grip during the first 500 km. Drive
particularly carefully to avoid possible accidents.
• Never drive with damaged tyres. This may cause an accident.
• If you notice unusual vibrations or if the vehicle pulls to one side when
driving, stop the vehicle immediately and check the tyres for damage.
Checking tyre pressure
The correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the
inside of the tank flap.
1. Read the required tyre inflation pressure from the sticker. The
values refer to Summer tyres.
2. The tyre pressures should only be checked when the tyres are
cold. The slightly raised pressures of warm tyres must not be
reduced.
3. Adjust the tyre pressure to the load you are carrying.
Tyre pressure
The correct tyre pressure is especially important at high speeds. The pressure
should therefore be checked at least once a month and before starting a
journey.
WARNING
A tyre can easily burst if the pressure is too low, causing an accident!
• At continuously high speeds, a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes
more. In this way it becomes too hot, and this can cause tread separation
and tyre blow-out. Always observe the recommended tyre pressures.
• If the tyre pressure is too low or too high, the tyres will wear prema-
turely and the vehicle will not handle well. Risk of accident!
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 199 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels200
Tyre service life
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving
style and fitting.
Wear indicators
The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high tread wear indicators
⇒ page 200, fig. 124, running across the tread. Depending on the make,
there will be 6 to 8 of them evenly spaced around the tyre. Markings on the
tyre sidewall (for instance the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate the
positions of the tread wear indicators. The minimum tread depth required by
law is 1.6 mm (measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indica-
tors). Worn tyres must be replaced. Different figures may apply in export
countries ⇒ .
Tyre pressure
Incorrect tyre pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
For this reason, the tyre pressure should be checked at least once per month
⇒ page 199.
Driving style
Fast cornering, heavy acceleration and hard braking all increase tyre wear.
Changing wheels around
If the front tyres are worn considerably more than the rear ones it is advisable
to change them around as shown ⇒ page 200, fig. 125. All the tyres will then
last for about the same time.
Wheel balance
The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, various factors encoun-
tered in normal driving can cause them to become unbalanced, which results
in steering vibration.
Unbalanced wheels should be rebalanced, as they otherwise cause excessive
wear on steering, suspension and tyres. A wheel must also be rebalanced
when a new tyre is fitted.
Incorrect wheel alignment
Incorrect wheel alignment causes excessive tyre wear, impairing the safety of
the vehicle. If tyres show excessive wear, you should have the wheel align-
ment checked by an Authorised Service Centre.
Fig. 124 Tyre tread wear
indicators
Fig. 125 Diagram for
changing wheels
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 200 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 201
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
WARNING
There is a serious danger of accidents if a tyre bursts during driving!
• The tyres must be replaced at the latest when the tread is worn down to
the tread wear indicators. Failure to do so could result in an accident. Worn
tyres do not grip well at high speeds on wet roads. There is also a greater
risk of aquaplaning.
• At continuously high speeds, a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes
more. This causes it to overheat. This can cause tread separation and tyre
blow-out. Risk of accident. Always observe the recommended tyre pres-
sures.
• If tyres show excessive wear, you should have the running gear checked
by an Authorised Service Centre.
• Keep chemicals such as oil, fuel and brake fluid away from tyres.
• Damaged wheels and tyres must be replaced immediately!
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption.
New tyres and wheels
New tyres and wheels have to be run in.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle’s design. The
tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics
of the vehicle and make a major contribution to good road holding and safe
handling ⇒ .
Tyres should be replaced at least in pairs and not individually (i.e. both front
tyres or both rear tyres together). A knowledge of tyre designations makes it
easier to choose the correct tyres. Radial tyres have the tyre designations
marked on the sidewall, for example:
195/65 R15 91T
This contains the following information:
195 Tyre width in mm
65 Height/width ratio in %
RTyre construction: Radial
15 Rim diameter in inches
91 Load rating code
TSpeed rating
The tyres could also have the following information:
• A direction of rotation symbol
• “Reinforced” denotes heavy-duty tyres.
The manufacturing date is also indicated on the tyre sidewall (possibly only
on the inner side of the wheel).
“DOT ... 1103 ...” means, for example, that the tyre was produced in the 11th
week of 2003.
We recommend that work on tyres and wheels be carried out by an Authorised
Service Centre. They are familiar with the procedure and have the necessary
special tools and spare parts as well as the proper facilities for disposing of
the old tyres.
Any Authorised Service Centre has full information on the technical require-
ments when installing or changing tyres, wheels or wheel trims.
WARNING
• We recommend that you use only wheels and tyres which have been
approved by SEAT for your model. Failure to do so could impair vehicle
handling. Risk of accident.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 201 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels202
• Avoid running the vehicle on tyres that are more than 6 years old. If you
have no alternative, you should drive slowly and with extra care at all
times.
• Never use old tyres or those with an unknown history of use.
• If wheel trims are retrofitted, you must ensure that the flow of air to the
brakes is not restricted. This could cause them to overheat.
• All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
For the sake of the environment
Old tyres must be disposed of according to the laws in the country concerned.
Note
• For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. This can also apply to wheels of the same model. The use of
wheels or tyres which have not been approved by SEAT for use with your
model may invalidate the vehicle’s type approval for use on public roads.
• If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the
vehicle (e.g. winter tyres) you should only use the spare tyre for a short period
of time and drive with extra care. Refit the normal road wheel as soon as
possible.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque.
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different wheel rims are
fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt
heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the
brake system functions correctly.
In certain circumstances, you should not use wheel bolts from a different
vehicle, even if it is the same model ⇒ page 175.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not tightened correctly, the wheel could become
loose while driving. Risk of accident.
• The wheel bolts must be clean and turn easily. Never apply grease or oil
to them.
• Use only wheel bolts which belong to the wheel.
• If the prescribed torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen
whilst the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is
too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Caution
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels is
120 Nm.
Winter tyres
Winter tyres will improve the vehicles handling on snow and
ice.
In winter conditions winter tyres will considerably improve the vehicle’s
handling. The design of summer tyres (width, rubber compound, tread
pattern) gives less grip on ice and snow.
Winter tyres must be inflated to a pressure 0.2 bar higher than the pressures
specified for summer tyres (see sticker on tank flap).
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 202 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Checking and refilling levels 203
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Winter tyres must be fitted on all four wheels.
Information on permitted winter tyre sizes can be found in the vehicle’s regis-
tration documents. Use only radial winter tyres. All tyre sizes listed in the
vehicle documentation also apply to winter tyres.
Winter tyres lose their effectiveness when the tread is worn down to a depth
of 4 mm.
The speed rating code ⇒ page 201, “New tyres and wheels” determines the
following speed limits for winter tyres: ⇒
Q max. 160 km/h
S max. 180 km/h
T max. 190 km/h
H max. 210 km/h
In some countries, vehicles which can exceed the speed rating of the fitted
tyre must have an appropriate sticker in the driver’s field of view. These
stickers are available from your Authorised Service Centre. The legal require-
ments of each country must be followed.
Do not have winter tyres fitted for unnecessarily long periods. Vehicles with
summer tyres handle better when the roads are free of snow and ice.
If you have a flat tyre, please refer to the notes on the spare wheel
⇒ page 201, “New tyres and wheels”.
WARNING
The maximum speed for the winter tyres must not be exceeded. Otherwise,
this could lead to tyre damage and risk of accident.
For the sake of the environment
Fit your summer tyres again as soon as possible. They are quieter, do not wear
so quickly and reduce fuel consumption.
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels, and only for the following
tyres:
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains. For safety
reasons cover caps, available in any Authorised Service Centre, must then be
fitted over the wheel bolts.
WARNING
Snow chains should be correctly tightened in accordance with the manu-
facturer’s instructions. This will prevent the chains coming into contact
with the wheel housing.
Caution
Remove the snow chains to drive on roads without snow. Otherwise they will
impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out very quickly.
Note
In some countries, the speed limit for using snow chains is 50 km/h. The legal
requirements of the country should be followed.
175/70R14
185/60R15
Chains with links not exceeding 15 mm (including the
chain closure)
215/45R16 Chains with links not exceeding 9 mm (including the
chain closure)
215/40R17 Chains with links not exceeding 7mm (including the
chain closure)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 203 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when204
If and when
Vehicle tools, spare wheel
Vehicle Tools
The vehicle onboard tools are located under the floor panel in
the luggage compartment.
–Lift floor panel
– Take the on-board tools out of the vehicle.
The tool kit includes:
• Jack*
• Hook to remove integral* trim and screw caps.
• Box spanner for wheel bolts*
• Reversible screwdriver with handle (including hexagonal interior) for the
wheel bolts. The screwdriver is a combination tool.
• Towing ring*
• Adapter for the anti-theft wheel bolts*
Some of the items listed are only provided in certain model versions, or are
optional extras.
WARNING
• Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to tighten
the wheel bolts as with this it is not possible to tighten the bolts to the
required torque. Risk of accident.
• The factory-supplied jack is only designed for changing wheels on this
model. On no account attempt to use it for lifting heavier vehicles or other
loads. Risk of injury.
• Use the jack only on a firm, level ground.
• Never start the engine when the vehicle is on the jack. Risk of accident.
• If work is to be carried out underneath the vehicle, this must be secured
by suitable means. Otherwise, there is a risk of injury.
Spare wheel (emergency wheel)*
The spare wheel (emergency wheel) must only be used for the
minimum necessary time.
The temporary spare wheel is stored under the floor panel in the luggage
compartment and is attached by a thumbnut.
How to use the temporary spare wheel
If you ever have a punctured tyre or loss of pressure, the emergency wheel is
only intended for temporary use until you reach a workshop. Change it for a
duty wheel as soon as possible.
Please note the following restrictions when using the temporary spare wheel.
This spare wheel has been specially designed for your vehicle, thus, it cannot
be changed with the spare wheel from another vehicle.
No other type of tyre (normal summer or winter tyre) may be fitted on the
compact temporary spare wheel rim.
WARNING (continued)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 204 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 205
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Snow chains
For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact tempo-
rary spare wheel.
If you have a puncture on one of the front wheels when using snow chains, fit
the compact temporary spare in place of one of the rear wheels. You can then
attach the snow chains to the wheel taken from the rear and use this wheel to
replace the punctured front wheel.
WARNING
• The tyre pressures must be checked and corrected as soon as possible.
• Do not drive faster than 80 km/h. Higher speeds can cause an accident.
• Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering. Risk of acci-
dent.
• Never use two or more compact spare tyres at the same time, risk of
accident.
• No other type of tyre (normal summer or winter tyre) may be fitted on
the compact temporary spare wheel rim.
Tyre repair kit*
The tyre repair kit (for vehicles not including a spare wheel) is
stored under the floor panel in the luggage compartment.
In the event of a punctured tyre, your vehicle is equipped with the Tyre
Mobility System.
The tyre repair kit consists of a container with sealing compound to repair the
puncture and a compressor to generate the required tyre pressure. The kit will
reliably seal punctures up to a size of about 4 mm caused by the penetration
of a foreign body into the tyre.
Note
• Seek professional assistance if the repair of a tyre puncture is not
possible with the sealing compound.
Changing a wheel
Preparation work
What you must do before changing a wheel.
– If you have a flat tyre or puncture, park the vehicle as far away
from the flow of traffic as possible. Choose a location that is as
level as possible.
– All passengers should leave the vehicle. They should wait in a
safe area (for instance behind the roadside crash barrier).
– Switch the engine off. Switch the hazard warning lights on and
place the warning triangles in position.
–Apply the handbrake firmly.
– Engage the first gear, or put the selector lever to position P for
those vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
– If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from your vehicle.
– Take the vehicle tools and the spare wheel out of the luggage
compartment.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 205 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when206
WARNING
Switch on the hazard warning lights and place the warning triangles in
position. This is for your own safety and also warns other road users.
Caution
If you have to change the wheel on a slope, it is essential to lock the parallel
wheel on the same axle as that to be changed, with a wedge or similar in order
to immobilise the vehicle.
Note
Please observe legal requirements when doing so.
Changing a wheel
Change the wheel as described below
– Remove the hub caps or the integral trim.
– Slacken the wheel bolts.
– Raise the car with the jack at the corresponding point.
– Remove the wheel and then fit the spare wheel.
– Lower the vehicle.
– Tighten the wheel bolts firmly with the box spanner.
–Replace the hub cap.
After changing a wheel
After changing the wheel there are still tasks to complete.
– Put the tools and jack back in the luggage compartment.
– Place the wheel with the defective tyre in the luggage compart-
ment and secure it.
– Check the tyre pressure of the newly fitted tyre as soon as
possible.
– Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as
possible with a torque wrench. The prescribed torque must be
120 Nm.
Note
• If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn when
changing a wheel, they must be replaced before having the wheel bolt torque
checked.
• For safety reasons, drive at moderate speeds until the wheel bolt tight-
ening torque has been checked.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 206 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 207
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Wheel covers*
The wheel covers must be removed for access to the wheel
bolts
Removing
– Remove the wheel cover using the wire hook ⇒ fig. 126.
– Hook this into one of the cut-outs of the wheel cover.
Fitting
– Fit the wheel cover onto the wheel rim by pressing it firmly. Put
pressure initially on the point of the cut-out for the valve. Next fit
the rest of the hubcap
Loosening the wheel bolts
The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the vehicle.
Loosening
–Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the wheel bolt.
– Grasp the box spanner by the end turn it about one full turn to the
left ⇒ fig. 127.
Tightening
– Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the wheel bolt.
– Grasp the box spanner close to the end and turn the bolt to the
right until it is secured.
– An adapter is required to unscrew or tighten the anti-theft wheel
bolts.
Fig. 126 Remove the
complete hub cap
Fig. 127 Changing the
wheel: loosen the wheel
bolts
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 207 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when208
WARNING
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with
the jack, otherwise there is a risk of accident.
Note
• Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to loosen or
tighten the wheel bolts.
• If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing
down the end of the spanner carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle
for support and take care not to slip.
Raising the vehicle
In order to remove the wheel, the vehicle must be raised with
a jack.
– Locate the jacking point under the door sill closest to the wheel
to be changed ⇒ fig. 128.
– Place the jack under the jacking point and turn the crank until the
arm of the jack is directly below the vertical rib under the door
sill.
– Align the jack so that the arm of the jack fits around the rib under
the door sill and the movable base plate of the jack is flat on the
ground ⇒ fig. 129.
– Raise the jack until the defective wheel is just clear of the ground.
Recesses at the front and rear of the door sills mark the jacking points
⇒ fig. 128. There is only one jacking point for each wheel. Do not fit the jack
anywhere else.
An unstable surface under the jack may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack.
Therefore, the jack must be fitted on solid ground offering good support. Use
Fig. 128 Jack position
points
Fig. 129 Fitting the jack
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 208 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 209
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
a large and stable base, if necessary. On a hard, slippery surface (such as
tiles) use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jack from slipping.
WARNING
• Take all precautions so that the base of the jack does not slip. Failure to
do so could result in an accident.
• The vehicle can be damaged if the jack is not applied at the correct
jacking points. There is also a risk of injury since the jack can slip off
suddenly if it is not properly engaged.
Removing and fitting the wheel
For removal and fitting the wheel, the following tasks must be
completed.
After loosening the wheel bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack,
change the wheel as described below:
Removing a wheel
– Unscrew the bolts using the hexagonal tool in the handle of the
screwdriver (vehicle tool) and place them on a clean surface
⇒ fig. 130.
Fitting a wheel
– Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten them lightly using the
hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle.
The wheel bolts should be clean and easily screwed. Before fitting the spare
wheel, inspect the wheel condition and hub mounting surfaces. These
surfaces must be clean before fitting the wheel.
The hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle makes it easier to turn the
wheel bolts. The reversible screwdriver blade should be removed when the
tool is used for this purpose.
If tyres with a specific direction of rotation are fitted, note the direction of
rotation.
Note
Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to loosen or
tighten the wheel bolts.
Fig. 130 Changing the
wheel: Hexagonal socket
in screwdriver handle to
turn the wheel bolts
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 209 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when210
Anti-theft wheel bolts*
A special adapter is required to turn the anti-theft wheel
bolts. This is found in the tool box.
– Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt and push it on as far as it
will go ⇒ fig. 131.
– Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the adapter.
– Loosen or tighten the wheel bolt as appropriate.
Code
The code number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is stamped onto the front part of
the adaptor.
The code number should be noted and kept in a safe place, as it is only by
using the code number that a duplicate adaptor can be obtained from an
Authorised Service Centre.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern must be fitted so that they
rotate in the correct direction.
A directional tread pattern can be identified by arrows on the sidewall that
point in the direction of rotation. Always note the direction of rotation indi-
cated when fitting the wheel. This is important so that these tyres can give
maximum grip and avoid excessive noise, tread wear and aquaplaning.
If, in an emergency, you have to fit the spare wheel so it rotates in the wrong
direction, you must drive extremely carefully. The tyre will not give optimum
performance. This is particularly important when driving on wet roads.
To benefit from the advantages of tyres with this type of tread pattern, the
defective tyre should be replaced as soon as possible so that all tyres again
rotate in the correct direction.
Tyre repair kit (Tyre-Mobility-System)*
General information and safety notes
Your vehicle is equipped with a tyre repair kit: the Tyre Mobility System.
In the event of a tyre puncture, a sealing compound and an air compressor are
located in the luggage compartment under the floor panel.
The Tyre Mobility System will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetra-
tion of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter.
It is not necessary to remove the foreign body from the tyre.
Instructions for the sealing compound are located on the sealing compound
container.
Fig. 131 Anti-theft wheel
bolt
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 210 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 211
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
It also contains the instructions for using the compressor.
WARNING
• Do not attempt to repair a puncture with the sealing compound if the
tyre has been damaged by driving the vehicle after the tyre has lost its air.
• Always observe warnings and follow safety instructions concerning
compressor and sealing compound carefully.
• Do not drive faster than 80 km/h, avoid heavy acceleration, hard
braking and fast cornering.
• Tyres which have been repaired with sealing compound are only suit-
able for temporary use over a short period. Therefore, please drive carefully
to the next available specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment
If you have to dispose of a sealant container, go to a specialised waste service
or to a SEAT Technical Service, where the product can be recycled in an appro-
priate waste container.
Note
• If sealant should leak out, leave it to dry. This way you can pull it off like a
piece of foil.
• Observe the expiry date stated on the sealing compound can. Have the
sealing compound exchanged by a specialised workshop.
• Seek professional assistance if the repair of a tyre puncture is not
possible with the sealing compound.
What to do first
Certain steps must be taken before repairing a tyre.
– If you have a flat tyre or puncture, park the vehicle as far away
from the flow of traffic as possible.
–Apply the handbrake firmly.
– Engage first gear, or put the selector lever to position P.
–All passengers should leave the vehicle. They should wait in a
safe area (for instance behind the roadside crash barrier).
– Check whether a repair is possible using the Tyre Mobility System
“General information and safety notes.”
– Unscrew inflation cap from the affected wheel.
– Take the tyre repair kit out of the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Switch on the hazard warning lights and place the warning triangles in
position. This is for your own safety and also warns other road users.
Caution
Take special care if you have to repair a tyre on a slope.
Note
• Please observe legal requirements when doing so.
• Remember to replace the sealing compound as soon as possible.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 211 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when212
Tyre repair
The following sections describe the procedures for repairing
a tyre.
Using the sealing compound
– The instructions on the container give detailed information on
how to use the sealing compound.
Inflating the tyre.
– Remove the air compressor and hose from the container.
– Screw the retaining nut onto the valve.
– Plug the compressor cable into a 12 volt power socket.
– Turn on compressor and monitor the pressure shown on the pres-
sure gauge.
Completing the repair
– Remove the compressor hose from the valve.
– Fit the valve cap.
– Unplug the compressor from the socket.
– Return all tools to their proper storing location.
Note
The compressor should never be allowed to run for longer than 6 minutes.
Fuses
Changing a fuse
Blown fuses must be replaced
Fuse cover
– Switch off the ignition and its failed electrical component.
– Identify the fuse corresponding to the damaged electric
consumer ⇒ page 213.
– Take the plastic clip from inside the fuse cover, fit it onto the
blown fuse and pull the fuse out.
– Replace the blown fuse (which will have a melted metal strip)
with a new fuse of the same ampere rating.
Fig. 132 Fuses in the
dash panel
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 212 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 213
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
The individual electrical circuits are protected by fuses. The fuses are located
behind a cover at the left-hand end of the dash panel. When the steering
wheel is on the right, the fuses are on the right-hand side of the dash panel,
behind a cover.
The electric windows are protected by circuit breakers. These reset automat-
ically after a few seconds when the overload (caused for example by frozen
windows) has been corrected.
Fuses colour code
WARNING
Never “repair” damaged fuses and never replace them with fuses with a
higher rating. Failure to comply could result in fire. This could also cause
damage to other parts of the electrical system.
Note
• If a newly replaced fuse blows again after a short time, the electrical
system must be checked by a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
• If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to
another location in the electrical system.
• Always keep some spare fuses in the vehicle. These are available from
SEAT dealers.
Fuses on left side of dash panel
Fuses
Colour Amps
Beige 5
Brown 7.5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
Natural (white) 25
Green 30
Number Consumer Amps
1 Power steering/Engine operation 7.5
2
Diagnostics/Heater/Autoclimate/Cli-
matronic/Electric anti-dazzle mirror/Naviga-
tor/Air conditioning pressure switch/ Climate
fan/ Kisi/ AFS Control unit/Coming home
relay/Soundaktor
10
3
Petrol engine control unit/Flow meter/Diesel
engine control unit/Relay coils/Engine opera-
tion/Bi-turbo fuel control unit
5
4 ABS/ESP switch (turning sensor)/Light lever 10
5 Reverse light/Heating nozzles 10
6 Instrument panel 5
7 Rear fog light 7.5
8 Vacant
9 Headlight lever 10
10 Headlight lever/Clutch (Petrol)/Brakes (all) 5
11 Airbag control unit 5
12 Automatic gearbox/ Headlight lever 10
13 Exterior mirror control 5
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 213 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when214
14 Left-hand AFS headlights 15
15 Right-hand AFS headlights 15
16 Vacant
17
Number plate light /Dimmer /Side light indicator
light
5
18 Dimmer 5
19 Electronic control unit 5
20 Turn signals 15
21 Lights control, instrument panel 5
22 Electronic control unit, heated mirrors 5
23
Engine injection module/ Rain sensor/ Auto-
matic gear lever/ Starter relay
7.5
24
Glove compartment light, luggage compartment
light, interior light
10
25 Parking aid 5
26 Towing hook
27 Vacant
28 Lambda probe 10
29 Engine power supply 20
30 Petrol engine operation 10
31
Petrol engine operation/Glow plugs/Relay
coil/Bi-turbo electric fan
10
32 Engine control unit 15
33
Clutch switch power supply/ Preheating relay/
Servo sensor
5
Number Consumer Amps
34 Fuel control unit / Bi-turbo engine supply 15
35 Vacant
36 Main beam headlight, right 10
37 Main beam headlight, left/Coming Home 10
38 Electric fan motor 30
39 Vacant
40 12 Volt Input/Cigarette lighter 15
41 Heated seats control unit / Cup Holder 25
42 Horn 20
43 Panorama sunroof 30
44 Windscreen wipers 20
45 Heated rear window 30
46
Radio / VDA telephone / Bluetooth / Steering
wheel controls / DC/DC converter for Start/Stop
20
47 Climatronic/autoclimate 5
48 Locking unit 25
49 Front electric window 30
50 Rear electric windows 30
51 Automatic gearbox control unit 30
52 Alarm/Volume sensor 15
53
Electro-kinetic pump relay/bi-turbo fuel control
unit
15
54 Reverse light for automatic gearbox, fog light 15
55 Transformer on 15
Number Consumer Amps
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 214 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 215
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Fuses below steering wheel in relay holder
PTC fuses
AUX 1 Fuses
AUX 3 Fuses
Fuses in engine compartment above battery
Non-metal fuses
Some of the electrical items listed in the table are only fitted on certain
models or are optional extras.
Please note that the above list contains all data at the time of going to press,
so it is subject to modifications.
56 Rear window wiper 10
57 Dipped beam headlight (right side) 15
58 Dipped beam headlight (left side) 15
Number Consumer Amps
1 Supplementary electrical heating using air 40
2 Supplementary electrical heating using air 40
3 Supplementary electrical heating using air 40
Number Consumer Amps
1 Dipped headlight (left side) 15
2 Dipped headlight (right side) 15
3 Headlight washer pump 20
Number Consumer Amps
1 Trailer control unit 15
2 Trailer control unit 20
3 Trailer control unit 20
Number Consumer Amps
Number Consumer Amps
1 ABS unit 25
2 Electroblower climate heater/fan 30
3 Climate fan 5
4 ABS unit 10
5 Electronic control unit 5
6 Injection module 30
Fig. 133 Fuses in engine
compartment
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 215 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when216
Bulb change
General notes
Before changing any bulb, first turn off the failed component.
Do not touch the bulb glass. Fingerprints vaporise in the heat, causing a
reduction in the bulb life and condensation on the mirror surface, thus
reducing efficiency.
A bulb should only be replaced by one of the same type. The type is inscribed
on the bulb, either on the glass part or on the base.
It is highly recommended to keep a box of spare bulbs in the vehicle. At the
very least, the following spare bulbs, which are essential for road safety,
should be kept in the vehicle.
Double headlights
Dipped beam - H7 Long Life
Main beam - H7
Position - 2 x W5W Long Life
Turn signal - PY21W
Single headlight
Dipped/Main - H4 Long Life
Position - W5W Long Life
Turn signal - PY 21W
Xenon headlights
13)
/adaptive*
Dipped and full beam - D1S
14)
Position - W5W Blue Long Life
DRL (day light) - P21W Super Long Life
Turn signals - PY21W
Fog lights
Fog light/cornering - H11
Tail lights
Fog light - P21W
Reverse gear - R10W
Stop/position - P21 /5W Long Life
Turn signal - PY21W
Side turn signal
Side turn signal - W5W
Number plate light
Number plate light - W5W Long Life
Note
• Depending on weather conditions (cold or wet), the front lights, the fog
lights, the tail lights and the turn signals may be temporarily misted. This has
no influence on the useful life of the lighting system. By switching on the
lights, the area through which the beam of light is projected will quickly be
demisted. However, the edges may continue to be misted.
• Please check at regular intervals that all lighting (especially the exterior
lighting) on your vehicle is functioning properly. This is not only in the interest
of your own safety, but also that of all other road users.
• Due to the difficulty in accessing some of the bulbs, any replacement work
should be done by a SEAT dealer. However, there is a description below as to
how to change these bulbs, except for the fog lights.
13)
On this type of headlight, the bulb changes must be made by the SEAT dealer, given
that complex elements must be removed from the vehicle and a reset must be made
on the automatic control system incorporated.
14)
The Xenon bulbs discharge 2.5 times the light flux and have an average lifespan of 5
times more than that of halogen bulbs, this means that, except due to unusual circum-
stances, there is no need to change the bulbs for the whole life of the vehicle.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 216 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 217
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Double headlight bulbs
Main beam
Side lights
Dipped beam headlights
Side lights
Turn signal
Turn signal bulbs
– Raise the bonnet.
– Rotate the bulb holder ⇒ fig. 135 to the left and pull.
– Remove the bulb by pressing on the bulb holder and rotating at
the same time to the left.
– Installation is done in the reverse order.
Fig. 134 Double head-
lights
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
E
Fig. 135 Turn signal
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 217 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when218
Dipped beam and side lights
– Raise the bonnet.
– Remove the loop ⇒ fig. 136 in the direction of the arrow and
remove the cover.
– Remove the connector ⇒ fig. 137 from the bulb.
– Unclip the retainer spring ⇒ fig. 137 pressing inwards to the
right.
– Remove the bulb and fit the replacement so that the rim of the
attachment plate is on the reflector cut-out.
Fig. 136 Dipped beam
headlights
Fig. 137 Dipped beam
headlights
A
1
A
2
A
3
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 218 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 219
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Main beam and side lights
– Raise the bonnet.
– Move the loop in the direction of the arrow and remove the
cover ⇒ fig. 138.
– Remove connector ⇒ fig. 139 by pulling outward.
– Extract the bulb and fit the replacement so that it sits correctly
into the cut-out on the reflector.
– Installation is done in the reverse order.
Single headlight bulbs
Side lights - Dipped beam/main beam.
Turn signal
Fig. 138 Main beam
headlights
Fig. 139 Main beam
headlights
A
1
A
2
Fig. 140 Single headlight
A
A
A
B
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 219 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when220
Turn signal bulb
– Raise the bonnet.
– Rotate the bulb holder ⇒ fig. 141 to the left and pull.
– Remove the bulb by pressing on the bulb holder and rotating at
the same time to the left.
– Installation is done in the reverse order.
Dipped/main beam headlights
– Raise the bonnet.
Fig. 141 Single turn
signal lamp
A
A
Fig. 142 Dipped
beam/main beam, single
headlight
Fig. 143 Dipped
beam/main beam, single
headlight
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 220 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 221
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– Remove the loop ⇒ page 220, fig. 142 in the direction of the
arrow and remove the cover.
– Remove the connector ⇒ page 220, fig. 143 from the bulb.
– Unclip the retainer spring ⇒ page 220, fig. 143 pressing
inwards to the right.
– Remove the bulb and fit the replacement so that the rim of the
attachment plate is on the reflector cut-out.
Side lights
– Raise the bonnet.
– Remove the loop ⇒ page 220, fig. 142 in the direction of the
arrow and remove the cover.
– Remove the bulb holder ⇒ fig. 144 outwards.
– Replace the bulb by pulling it out and inserting the replacement.
– Installation is done in the reverse order.
A
1
A
2
A
3
Fig. 144 Side lights
A
1
A
4
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 221 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when222
Rear pilot lights
Turn signals
Side and Brake lights
Side light
Retro-fog light (left pilot light)
Reverse light (right pilot)
Note
In countries driving on the right (left-driving), both D and E headlights are
placed the other way round (Retro-fog light on driver side and reverse light on
passenger side).
Access to rear pilot lights
–Open the tailgate.
– Turn the bolt in the direction of the arrow, by hand or with a
screwdriver ⇒ fig. 147.
Fig. 145 Left pilot light
Fig. 146 Right pilot light
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
E
Fig. 147 Access to tail
lights
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 222 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 223
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– Remove the pilot light, by pulling it outwards.
Changing bulbs on tail lights
– Remove the connector from housing ⇒ page 222, fig. 147.
– Remove the bulb holder, separating it from the casing. To do this,
press tabs in the direction of the arrows ⇒ fig. 148.
– Once the bulb holder has been removed, press downwards in the
direction of the arrow and at the same time, turn in the direc-
tion of the arrow ⇒ fig. 149.
Side turn signals
– Press the turn signal to the left or to the right to remove the bulb.
– Remove the bulb holder from the turn signal.
– Remove the failed bulb and replace with a new bulb.
Fig. 148 Changing bulbs
on tail lights
Fig. 149 Changing bulbs
on tail lights
A
A
A
B
A
1
A
2
Fig. 150 Side turn
signals
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 223 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when224
– Insert the bulb holder in the turn signal guide until it clicks into
place.
– First fit the turn signal in the opening in the chassis, fastening the
tabs ⇒ page 223, fig. 150, and then fit in the bulb as shown
by the arrow ⇒ page 223, fig. 150.
Number plate light
– Insert the flat part of a screwdriver into the special slot and
remove the bulb.
– Remove the bulb holder, by turning it until it is free.
– Change the bulb.
– Replace the bulb holder, by turning it until it fits fully.
– Fit the light into the space and press until you hear a “click”.
Interior light and front reading light
To remove the glass
– Insert a fine screwdriver between the casing and the glass
⇒ fig. 151.
– Carefully remove the glass, levering it to avoid possible damage.
To replace the bulbs
– Pull the bulbs outwards.
– To remove the central bulb, hold and press to one side.
Assembly
– Proceed in the reverse order, pressing gently on the outer edge
of the side light.
A
1
A
2
Fig. 151 Front reading
light
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 224 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 225
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
– First fit the glass with the fastening tabs over the frame of the
switch. Next press the front part until the two long tabs click on
the support.
Additional brake lights*
Given the difficulty involved in the replacement of this light it should be done
by the Technical Service.
Luggage compartment light*
– Extract the tulip shaped fitting by pressing on the inside edge of
this -arrow- using the flat side of a screwdriver ⇒ fig. 152.
– Press the bulb sideways and remove it from its housing
⇒ fig. 153.
Jump-starting
Jump leads
The jump lead must have a sufficient wire cross section.
If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery, the battery can be
connected to the battery of another vehicle to start the engine.
Fig. 152 Luggage
compartment light
Fig. 153 Luggage
compartment light
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 225 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when226
Jump leads
Jump leads must comply with standard DIN 72553 (see manufacturer’s docu-
mentation). The wire cross section must be at least 25 mm
2
for petrol engines
and at least 35 mm
2
for diesel engines.
Note
• The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.
• The discharged battery must be properly connected to the vehicle elec-
trical system.
How to jump start: description
Jump lead terminal connections
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles ⇒ .
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal
⇒ fig. 154 or ⇒ fig. 155 of the vehicle with the flat
battery .
3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive
terminal in the vehicle providing assistance .
4. On vehicles with no Start-Stop system, connect one end of the
black jump lead to the negative terminal in the vehicle
providing assistance ⇒ fig. 154.
5. On vehicles with the Start-Stop system, connect one end of the
black jump lead to a suitable ground terminal, to a solid metal
part bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself
⇒ fig. 155.
Fig. 154 Diagram for
connecting jump leads if
the vehicle providing
assistance the current is
not fitted with the Start-
Stop system: flat battery
and battery providing
current .
A
A
A
B
Fig. 155 Diagram for
connecting jump leads if
the vehicle providing
assistance is fitted with
the Start-Stop system:
flat battery and
battery providing current
.
A
A
A
B
A
+
A
+
A
A
A
+
A
B
A
-
A
B
A
X
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 226 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 227
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
6. Connect the other end of the black jump lead to a solid metal
component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do not connect it to a
point near the battery .
7. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into
contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Starting
8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let
it run at idling speed.
9. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat battery and wait one
or two minutes until the engine is running.
Removing the jump leads
10. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the headlights (if
they are switched on).
11. Turn on the heater blower and heated rear window in the vehicle
with the flat battery. This helps minimise voltage peaks which are
generated when the leads are disconnected.
12. When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse
order to the details given above.
Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal-to-metal contact with
the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and
try again after about half a minute.
WARNING
• Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine
compartment ⇒ page 183, “Working in the engine compartment”.
• The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the flat
battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on
battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
• Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of
explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and
cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
• Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, danger
of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
• Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump
leads.
• Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to the
negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery could
be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
• Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the
fuel system or to the brake line.
• The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to
touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not
touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
• Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact
with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
• Do not bend over the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note
The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.
A
X
A
A
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 227 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when228
Towing and tow-starting
Tow-starting*
The use of jump leads is preferable to tow-starting.
We recommend that you do not tow-start your vehicle. Jump-starting
is preferable ⇒ page 225.
However, if your vehicle has to be tow-started:
– Engage the 2nd or the 3rd gear.
– Keep the clutch pressed down.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Once both vehicles are moving, release the clutch.
– As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear
lever into neutral. This helps to prevent driving into the towing
vehicle.
WARNING
The risk of accidents is high when tow-starting. The vehicle being towed
can easily collide with the towing vehicle.
Caution
When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Comments
Please observe the following points if you use a tow-rope:
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
– Drive slowly at first until the tow-rope is taut. Then accelerate
gradually.
– Begin and change gears cautiously. If you are driving an auto-
matic vehicle, accelerate gently.
– Remember that the brake servo and power steering are not
working in the vehicle you are towing. Brake sooner than normal
and pressing the pedal gently.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
– Ensure that the tow-rope remains taut at all times when towing.
Tow-rope or tow-bar
It is easier and safer to tow a vehicle with a tow-bar. You should only use a
tow-rope if you do not have a tow-bar.
A tow-rope should be slightly elastic to reduce the loading on both vehicles.
It is advisable to use a tow-rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic
material.
Attach the tow-rope or the tow-bar only to the towing eyes provided or a
towing bracket.
Driving style
Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow-rope. Both
drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing. Inexperi-
enced drivers should not attempt to tow.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 228 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when 229
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle and take care to avoid jerking the
tow-rope. When towing on an unpaved road, there is always a risk of over-
loading and damaging the anchorage points.
The ignition of the vehicle being towed must be switched on to prevent the
steering wheel from locking and also to allow the use of the turn signals,
horn, windscreen wipers and washers.
As the brake servo does not work if the engine is not running, you must apply
considerably more pressure to the brake pedal than you normally would.
As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you
will need more strength to steer than you normally would.
Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox
• Put the selector lever into position “N”.
• Do not drive faster than 50 km/h.
• Do not tow further than 50 km.
• If a breakdown vehicle is used, the vehicle must be towed with the front
wheels raised.
Note
• Observe legal requirements when towing or tow-starting.
• Switch on the hazard warning lights of both vehicles. However, observe
any regulations to the contrary.
• For technical reasons, vehicles with an automatic gearbox must not be
tow-started.
• If damage to your vehicle means that there is no lubricant in the gearbox,
you must raise the drive wheels while the vehicle is being towed.
• If the vehicle has to be towed more than 50 km, the front wheels should
be raised during towing, and towing should be carried out by a qualified
person.
• The steering wheel is locked when the vehicle has no electrical power. The
vehicle must then be towed with the front wheels raised. Towing should be
carried out by a qualified person.
• The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle.
Towing eyes
Fitting the towing eye
– Take the towing ring from the on-board tool set.
– Remove the front cover by pressing down on its left-hand side.
For FR finishes, press down and pull outwards. For the rest of the
Sport finishes, remove the cover by inserting a screwdriver into
the lower slot and levering gently.
– Bolt the eye to its limit to the left, in the direction of the arrow
⇒ fig. 156.
Fig. 156 Fitting the
towing eye to front rear of
the vehicle
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 229 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
If and when230
Rear towing eye
There is a towing eye at the rear on the right below the rear bumper.
Fig. 157 Rear towing ring
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 230 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Description of specifications 231
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
Description of specifications
Important information
Important
The information in the vehicle documentation always has
precedence.
All technical specifications provided in this manual are valid for the standard
model in Spain. The vehicle data card included in the Maintenance
Programme or the vehicle registration documents shows which engine is
installed in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending on if additional equipment is fitted,
for different models, for special vehicles and for other countries.
Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifications section
Abbrevia-
tion
Meaning
kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.
PS
Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly used to denote engine
power.
rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.
Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.
l/100 km Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km.
g/km Carbon dioxide emissions in grams per km travelled.
CO
2
Carbon dioxide
CN Cetane number, indication of the diesel combustion power.
RON
Research octane number, indication of the knock resistance
of petrol.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 231 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Description of specifications232
Vehicle identification data
The most important information is given on the identification
plate and the vehicle data sticker.
Vehicles for certain export countries do not have an identification plate.
Identification plate
The identification plate is located on the left rib inside the engine compart-
ment.
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside
the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen. This is located on the left-
hand side of the vehicle in the lower area of the windscreen. It is also located
on the right hand side of the engine compartment.
Vehicle data
The data sticker is placed on the inside of the spare wheel recess in the
luggage compartment.
The following information is provided on the vehicle data sticker: ⇒ fig. 158
These data are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.
Production control number
Vehicle identification number (chassis number)
Model code number
Model designation / engine power output
Engine and gearbox code letters
Paintwork number / interior trim code
Optional equipment codes
Consumption values
CO
2
emission values.
Data from 2 to 9 are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.
Consumption figures and CO
2
Consumption (litres/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km) urban
Consumption (litres/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km) motorway
Consumption (litres/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km) mixed
Fig. 158 Vehicle data
sticker (luggage compart-
ment)
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
A
7
A
8
A
9
A
A
A
B
A
C
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 232 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Description of specifications 233
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Information on fuel consumption
Fuel consumption
The consumption and emission details shown on the vehicle
data sticker differ from one vehicle to another.
The fuel consumption and CO
2
emissions of the vehicle can be found on the
vehicle data sticker.
The fuel consumption and emissions figures given are based on the vehicle
weight category, which is determined according to the engine/gearbox
combination and the equipment fitted.
The consumption and emission figures are calculated in accordance with the
tests indicated in regulations 715/2007/EC and 692/2008/EC.
Note
• Actual consumption may vary from quoted test values, depending on
personal driving style, road and traffic conditions, the weather and the
vehicle condition.
Weights
Kerb weight refers to the basic model with a fuel tank filled to 90% capacity
and without optional extras. The figure quoted includes 75 kg to allow for the
weight of the driver.
For special versions and optional equipment fittings or for the addition of
accessories, the weight of the vehicle will increase ⇒ .
WARNING
• Please note that the centre of gravity may shift when transporting
heavy objects; this may affect the vehicle’s handling and lead to an acci-
dent. Always adjust your speed and driving style to suit road conditions
and requirements.
• Never exceed the gross axle weight rating or the gross vehicle weight
rating. If the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded, the
driving characteristics of the vehicle may change, leading to accidents,
injuries and damage to the vehicle.
Towing a trailer
Trailer weights
Trailer weight
The trailer weights and drawbar loads approved are selected in intensive
trials according to precisely defined criteria. The approved trailer weights are
valid for vehicles in the EU for maximum speeds of 80 km/h (in certain
circumstances up to 100 km/h). The figures may be different in other coun-
tries. All data in the official vehicle documents take precedence over these
data ⇒ .
Drawbar load
The maximum permitted drawbar load on the ball joint of the towing bracket
must not exceed 75 kg.
In the interest of road safety, we recommend that you always tow
approaching the maximum drawbar load. The response of the trailer on the
road will be poor if the drawbar load is too small.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 233 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Description of specifications234
If the maximum permissible drawbar load cannot be met (e.g. with small,
empty and light-weight single axle trailers or tandem axle trailers with a
wheelbase of less than 1 metre), at least 4% of the actual trailer weight is a
legal stipulation for a drawbar load.
WARNING
• For safety reasons, do not exceed the 80 km/h limit. This is also valid in
countries where higher speeds are permitted.
• Never exceed the maximum trailer weights or the drawbar load. If the
permissible axle load or the permissible total weight is exceeded, the
driving characteristics of the vehicle may change, leading to accidents,
injuries and damage to the vehicle.
Wheels
Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel bolts
Tyre pressures
The sticker with the tyre pressure values can be found on the inside of the
tank flap. The tyre pressure values given there are for cold tyres. The slightly
raised pressures of warm tyres must not be reduced. ⇒
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels, and only for the following
tyres:
Wheel bolts
After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts
should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ⇒ . The tight-
ening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm.
WARNING
• Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking the tyre
pressure is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there
is an increased danger of accidents, particularly at high speeds.
• If the torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the
vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high,
the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Note
We recommend that you ask your Authorised Service Centre for information
about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
175/70R14
185/60R15
Chains with links not exceeding 15 mm (including the
chain closure)
215/45R16 Chains with links not exceeding 9 mm (including the
chain closure)
215/40R17 Chains with links not exceeding 7mm (including the
chain closure)
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 234 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 235
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
Checking fluid levels
From time to time, the levels of the different fluids in the
vehicle must be checked. Never fill with incorrect fluids,
otherwise serious damage to the engine may be caused.
Coolant expansion tank
Engine oil dipstick
Engine oil filler cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Vehicle battery
Windscreen washer fluid container
The checking and refilling of service fluids are carried out on the components
mentioned above. These operations are described in the ⇒ page 183.
Overview
You will find further explanations, instructions and restrictions on the tech-
nical specifications as of ⇒ page 231.
Note
The layout of parts may vary depending on the engine.
Fig. 159 Diagram for the
location of the various
elements
Fig. 160 For vehicles with
the battery in the luggage
compartment.
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 235 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications236
Petrol engine 1.2 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/ 5200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 108/ 3000
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
3/ 1198
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Maximum speed in km/h 155
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 10.3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 15.9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1500
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1049
Gross front axle weight in kg 810
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 520
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1000
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 800
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 236 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 237
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.2 51 kW (70 PS)
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 2.75 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 51 (70)/ 5400
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 112/ 3000
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
3/ 1198
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Maximum speed in km/h 163
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9.0
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 13.9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1500
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1049
Gross front axle weight in kg 810
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 237 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications238
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.4 63 kW (85 PS)
Engine specifications
Performance
Trailer without brakes 520
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1000
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 800
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 2.75 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 63 (85)/ 5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 132/ 3800
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1390
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Maximum speed in km/h 177
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 7.6
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 11.8
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 238 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 239
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.2 TSI 77 kW (105 PS)
Engine specifications
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1526
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1075
Gross front axle weight in kg 860
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 530
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 2.8 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 77 (105)/5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 175/1550-4100
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1197
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
With a slight power loss
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 239 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications240
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Manual Automatic
Maximum speed in km/h 190 190
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6.5 6.5
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9.8 9.7
Manual Automatic
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1541 1566
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1090 1115
Gross front axle weight in kg 860 890
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75 75
Manual Automatic
Trailer without brakes 540 550
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.3 litres
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 240 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 241
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Petrol engine 1.2 TSI 77 kW (105 PS) Start&Stop
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 77 (105)/ 5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 175/1550-4100
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1197
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Maximum speed in km/h 190
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6.5
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9.8
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1646
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1095
Gross front axle weight in kg 860
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 540
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 241 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications242
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.6 77 kW (105 PS)
Engine specifications
Performance
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.3 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 77 (105)/5600
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 153/ 3800
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1598
Fuel
Super 95 RON
a)
/Normal 91
b)
RON
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Manual Automatic
Maximum speed in km/h 189 188
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6.8 6.9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 10.4 10.1
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 242 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 243
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.4 110 kW (150 PS)
Engine specifications
Manual Automatic
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1541 1571
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1090 1120
Gross front axle weight in kg 860 880
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75 75
Manual Automatic
Trailer without brakes 540 560
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.3 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 110 (150)/ 5800
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 220/ 1250-4500
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1390
Fuel
Super 98 RON
a)
/Super 95 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane-Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 243 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications244
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Maximum speed in km/h 212
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5.4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 7.6
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1705
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1254
Gross front axle weight in kg 930
Gross rear axle weight in kg 820
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 620
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1300
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1200
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.6 litres
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 244 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 245
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Petrol engine 1.4 132 kW (180 PS) - Cupra
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Engine oil capacity
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 132 (180)/ 6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 250/ 2000-4500
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1390
Fuel
Super 98 RON
a)
/Normal 95 RON
b)
a)
Research-Octane- Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
b)
Slight power loss.
Maximum speed in km/h 225
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5.3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 7.2
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1685
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1259
Gross front axle weight in kg 930
Gross rear axle weight in kg 820
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.6 litres
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 245 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications246
Diesel Engine 1.2 TDI CR 55 kW (75 PS) DPF Start&Stop Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/ 4200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 180/ 2000-3450
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
3/ 1199
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 173
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9.2
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 13.9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1601
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1150
Gross front axle weight in kg 900
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 570
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 246 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 247
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 1.2 TDI CR 55 kW (75 PS) DPF
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.1 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/ 4200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 180/ 2000-3450
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
3/ 1199
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 168
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9.1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 13.9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1586
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1135
Gross front axle weight in kg 900
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 247 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications248
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 1.4 TDI 59 kW (80 PS) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Performance
Trailer without brakes 570
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.1 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 59 (80)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 195/ 1800-2200
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
3/ 1422
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 177
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8.2
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 12.7
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 248 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 249
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 1.6 TDI CR 66 kW (90 PS) DPF
Engine specifications
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1591
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1140
Gross front axle weight in kg 920
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 570
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.2 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 66 (90)/ 4200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 230/ 1500-2500
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1598
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 249 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications250
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Maximum speed in km/h 178
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 7.8
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 11.8
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1621
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1170
Gross front axle weight in kg 930
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 580
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.5 litres
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 250 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 251
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Diesel engine 1.6 TDI CR 77 kW (105 PS) with/without DPF
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Trailer weight
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 77 (105)/ 4400
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 250/ 1500-2500
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1598
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 188
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6.9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 10.5
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1621
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1170
Gross front axle weight in kg 930
Gross rear axle weight in kg 780
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Trailer without brakes 580
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1200
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 251 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications252
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 105 kW (143 PS) DPF
Engine specifications
Performance
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.5 litres
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 105 (143)/ 4200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 320/ 1750-2500
No. of cylinders/ capacity
in cm
3
4/ 1968
Fuel
Min. 51 CN
a)
a)
Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 210
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5.7
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 8.2
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1696
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1245
Gross front axle weight in kg 950
Gross rear axle weight in kg 820
Permitted roof load in kg 75
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 252 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications 253
Safety First Operating Instructions Practical Tips Technical Specifications
Trailer weight
Engine oil capacity
Trailer without brakes, gradients up to 12% 620
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 1300
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1200
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.5 litres
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 253 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Technical Specifications254
Dimensions and capacities
Dimensions
Length, width 4034 mm/ 1693 mm
Height at kerb weight 1428 mm
Front and rear projection 848 mm/ 717 mm
Wheelbase 2469 mm
Turning circle 10.7 m
Track width
a)
a)
This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.
Front Rear
1463 mm 1457 mm
Capacities
Fuel tank 45 l. Reserve 7 l.
Windscreen washer fluid container with headlight washer 2 l/ 4.5 l
Tyre pressure
Summer-grade tyres:
The correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the inside of the tank flap.
Winter tyres:
The pressure of these tyres is the same as the summer tyre pressure plus 0.2 bar.
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 254 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index 255
Index
A
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Acoustic signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Acoustic warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Adaptive headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Air conditioner
Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Air conditioning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Air recirculation
Semi-automatic air conditioning . . . . . . . . 125
Air recirculation mode
Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Alarm system
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Alternator
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Anti-theft alarm
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Aquaplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Aspects to note before setting off . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Automatic anti-dazzle interior mirror*
Activating the anti-dazzle function . . . . . . 102
Deactivating anti-dazzle function . . . . . . . . 102
Automatic car washing tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Kick-down feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Automatic lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Automatic windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . 99
AUX input connection/USB* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Auxiliary audio input connection: AUX . . . . . . . 116
B
Ball coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Battery
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Winter conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Before setting off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Biodiesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 158
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Braking distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Bulb changes
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Bulb defect
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 131
C
Car phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Automatic speed dependent locking and un-
locking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Locking system for involuntary unlocking . . 76
Selective unlocking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Unlocking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 255 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index256
Central locking button
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Cetane number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Changing bulbs
interior light and reading light . . . . . . . . . . 224
Changing bulbs on tail lights . . . . . . . . . . 222, 223
Changing double headlight bulbs
Dipped beam headlights and side lights . 218
Main headlights and side lights . . . . . . . . 219
Changing gear
See Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Changing gear in tiptronic mode . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Changing the bulbs
Main headlight bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 219
Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Side turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Changing the main headlight bulbs
Turn signal bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Changing the single headlight bulb
turn signal bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Changing the single headlight bulbs
dipped/main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . 193
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Checking battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 197
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Categorisation in groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Group 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Groups 0 and 0+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Child seats
on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Cleaning alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Cleaning chrome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Cleaning engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cleaning steel wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Cleaning windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Climatronic
automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
manual mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cloth seat covers cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Coming home function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Compartment for on-board documentation . . 111
Control
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Control lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Controls
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Convenience closing
Sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Convenience opening
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Coolant loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Coolant temperature
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Correct adjustment of front head restraints . . . 12
Correct sitting position
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Incorrect sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
D
Danger of fitting a child seat on the front passenger
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Dash panel cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 256 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index 257
Deactivating front passenger airbag
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Deactivating the airbag
Front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Diesel engine
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Diesel engine particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Differential lock fault (EDL)
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Disposal
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Door lock cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Doors
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Drive wheels traction control system . . . . . . . . 154
Driver
See Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driveshaft differential
XDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Driving
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Economically / Environmentally friendly . . 160
With a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 164
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
E
Economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Electrical sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Electro-hydraulic steering
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Electronic Stability Programme . . . . . . . . . 64, 155
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Emission control system
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Engine
Running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . 183
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Engine fault
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Engine management
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Engine oil dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Engine oil pressure
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Environmental friendliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Environmental tip
Avoiding pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Environmentally friendly driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 155
See also Electronic Stability Programme . . 131
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
External aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
F
Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Fog lights with cornering function . . . . . . . . . . . 93
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 257 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index258
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Front cup holder* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Front interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Front passenger airbag deactivation . . . . . . . . . 37
Front reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Front seat adjustment
Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fuel level
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fuel reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fuel Tank
Opening the fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Fuel tank
See Fuel reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fuel: save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
G
G 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Gear shift pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
General overview of the engine compartment 235
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Glow plug system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
GRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
H
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 146
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
HBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Head restraints
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 107
Adjustment of the head restraint angle . . . 107
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Headlight flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Headlights
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Headlight washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Heated exterior mirrors* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Heated front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Heated rear window
Heating element wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
High pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Hill-start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
How to jump start description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Hydraulic Brake Assist
Automatic hazard warning lights activation . . .
153
I
Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Information in the multifunction display
Memory displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Instrument and switch lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Instrument panel
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Interior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Interior monitoring and anti-towing alarm*
Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
J
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
K
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 258 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index 259
L
Leather cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Load compartment in the luggage compartment
See Loading the luggage compartment . . . . 15
Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 15
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
See also Loading the luggage compartment 15
Luggage compartment light* . . . . . . . . . . 98, 225
M
Main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 96
Main beam headlights
Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Main headlight bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 219
Maintenance
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Manual heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Manual heating system
Defrosting the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Demisting the windscreen and side windows . .
121
MFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Mirrors
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Interior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Multifunction display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
N
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
O
Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Octane number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
One-touch opening and closing
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Opening and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Operation when a fault occurs
Panorama/ tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 55
Overview
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
P
Paintwork
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Passenger
See Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 11
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Petrol additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . . . . 18
Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Plastic parts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Products for vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 166
R
Radio frequency remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Rain sensor* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Rear cup holder* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Rear fog light
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 90
Rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Rear pilot lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 259 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index260
Rear seat
folding down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Rear window automatic wiper/washer . . . . . . 101
Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Recommended gear display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Remote control key
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Removing and fitting the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Repairs
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Replacement keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Reverse gear
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Roll-back function
Panorama/ tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Roof aerial* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Roof rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Running in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
S
Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Safe Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Safety instructions
Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Safety notes
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Deactivating front passenger airbag . . . . . . 38
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 108
Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Seat belt position
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Seat belt release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Seat belt tensioner
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Incorrectly fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Selective opening* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Semiautomatic air conditioning
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Sitting position
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sitting position, occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 234
Soot accumulation in the diesel engine particulate
filter *
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spanner symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Speed selector lever lock
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Starting Petrol engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Starting petrol engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 260 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index 261
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
After the fuel tank has been run dry . . . . . . 134
Start-Stop
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Steam jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Steering column controls
Audio Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Steering wheel height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 130
Storage compartment
Front passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Right-hand front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Sun visor
Sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Switch
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Switches
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Switching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
T
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Emergency opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tank
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Reserve indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
TCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
TCS (Traction control system)
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
The danger of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . 19
Tightening torque of wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Tow starting
Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 233
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Towing bracket, fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Towing eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Towing eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Traction control system
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Trailer turn signals
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Trailer weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Two-way radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Tyre Mobility-System (Tyre repair kit) . . . . . . . . 205
Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Tyre pressure warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Tyre repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 210
Tyre-Mobility-System (Tyre repair kit) . . . . . . . . 210
Tyres and wheels
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Tyres service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Tyres tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . 199
U
Underbody protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
V
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Vehicle data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Vehicle interior heating or cooling system . . . 124
Vehicle Maintenance
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Vehicle paintwork
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Products for vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . 166
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 261 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
Index262
Vehicle tools
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Vehicle washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Ventilation slits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
W
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Warning reports
Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Warning symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Washing tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Washing with high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . 168
Water in the windscreen washer tank . . . . . . . 192
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wearing suitable shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 234
Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 234
Why assume the correct sitting position? . . . . . 26
Why should head restraints be correctly adjusted?
12
Why wear seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 18, 26
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Windscreen defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Windscreen interval wipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Windscreen wiper blades
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Changing blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Changing the rear wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . 194
Winter driving
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Wooden trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . 183
IbizaSC_EN.book Seite 262 Donnerstag, 2. September 2010 6:10 18
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that
at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all
may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omis-
sion, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the "Copyright" Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
;
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.09.10
Vehicle data
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1. Vehicle identification number
2
. Identification numbers
Type/Model/Engine
Gearbox/Finishes
3
. Identification letters
Engine/Gearbox/Paintwork
Equipment
4
. Identification codes of variable equipment
5
. Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
Emissions (g/km) urban
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
Emissions (g/km) motorway
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
Emissions (g/km) mixed
Note
• We recommend that you visit an Authorised SEAT Service Centre when-
ever you require any work done on your vehicle.
• SEAT regularly communicates to its Authorised Service Centres new
product developments. They have tools and highly specialized person-
nel who can guarantee the safety and performance of your vehicle.
• Scrupulously following the General Programme for Inspection
Services in Authorised SEAT Service Centres will ensure you maintain
greater value for your vehicle.
Portada PM_interior.qxd:Interior Manual TOLEDO 26/7/10 15:57 Página 3
IBIZA SC OWNER’S MANUAL
Inglés 6J3012003AM (07.10) (GT9)
IBIZA SC Inglés (07.10)
6J3012003AM
Portada IBIZA SC.qxd:Maquetación 1 23/7/10 08:47 Página 3
